wine/gecko
0
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://gitlab.winehq.org/wine/wine-gecko.git synced 2024-09-13 09:24:08 -07:00
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity
0c756d118f
gecko/layout/style/nsRuleNode.cpp
Ehsan Akhgari 0c756d118f Backed out 5 changesets (bug 966992, bug 965237) because of a PGO only build failure on Linux, landed on a CLOSED TREE 
Backed out changeset f11cad93ceee (bug 966992)
Backed out changeset c84d530c9a51 (bug 965237)
Backed out changeset 740b13866bac (bug 966992)
Backed out changeset 8c3420cc77d8 (bug 966992)
Backed out changeset 7ddfc587edda (bug 966992)
2014-02-19 13:28:33 -05:00

8809 lines
342 KiB
C++
Raw Blame History

/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
/* vim: set ts=2 et sw=2 tw=78: */
/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
* License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
* file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
/*
* a node in the lexicographic tree of rules that match an element,
* responsible for converting the rules' information into computed style
*/
#include <algorithm>
#include "mozilla/ArrayUtils.h"
#include "mozilla/Assertions.h"
#include "mozilla/DebugOnly.h"
#include "mozilla/Likely.h"
#include "mozilla/LookAndFeel.h"
#include "nsRuleNode.h"
#include "nscore.h"
#include "nsIWidget.h"
#include "nsIPresShell.h"
#include "nsFontMetrics.h"
#include "gfxFont.h"
#include "nsCSSPseudoElements.h"
#include "nsThemeConstants.h"
#include "pldhash.h"
#include "nsStyleContext.h"
#include "nsStyleSet.h"
#include "nsStyleStruct.h"
#include "nsSize.h"
#include "nsRuleData.h"
#include "nsIStyleRule.h"
#include "nsBidiUtils.h"
#include "nsStyleStructInlines.h"
#include "nsCSSProps.h"
#include "nsTArray.h"
#include "nsContentUtils.h"
#include "CSSCalc.h"
#include "nsPrintfCString.h"
#include "nsRenderingContext.h"
#include "nsStyleUtil.h"
#include "nsIDocument.h"
#include "prtime.h"
#include "CSSVariableResolver.h"
#include "nsCSSParser.h"
#if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__MINGW32__)
#include <malloc.h>
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#define alloca _alloca
#endif
#endif
#ifdef SOLARIS
#include <alloca.h>
#endif
using std::max;
using std::min;
using namespace mozilla;
using namespace mozilla::dom;
#define NS_SET_IMAGE_REQUEST(method_, context_, request_) \
if ((context_)->PresContext()->IsDynamic()) { \
method_(request_); \
} else { \
nsRefPtr<imgRequestProxy> req = nsContentUtils::GetStaticRequest(request_); \
method_(req); \
}
#define NS_SET_IMAGE_REQUEST_WITH_DOC(method_, context_, requestgetter_) \
{ \
nsIDocument* doc = (context_)->PresContext()->Document(); \
NS_SET_IMAGE_REQUEST(method_, context_, requestgetter_(doc)) \
}
/*
* For storage of an |nsRuleNode|'s children in a PLDHashTable.
*/
struct ChildrenHashEntry : public PLDHashEntryHdr {
// key is |mRuleNode->GetKey()|
nsRuleNode *mRuleNode;
};
/* static */ PLDHashNumber
nsRuleNode::ChildrenHashHashKey(PLDHashTable *aTable, const void *aKey)
{
const nsRuleNode::Key *key =
static_cast<const nsRuleNode::Key*>(aKey);
// Disagreement on importance and level for the same rule is extremely
// rare, so hash just on the rule.
return PL_DHashVoidPtrKeyStub(aTable, key->mRule);
}
/* static */ bool
nsRuleNode::ChildrenHashMatchEntry(PLDHashTable *aTable,
const PLDHashEntryHdr *aHdr,
const void *aKey)
{
const ChildrenHashEntry *entry =
static_cast<const ChildrenHashEntry*>(aHdr);
const nsRuleNode::Key *key =
static_cast<const nsRuleNode::Key*>(aKey);
return entry->mRuleNode->GetKey() == *key;
}
/* static */ const PLDHashTableOps
nsRuleNode::ChildrenHashOps = {
// It's probably better to allocate the table itself using malloc and
// free rather than the pres shell's arena because the table doesn't
// grow very often and the pres shell's arena doesn't recycle very
// large size allocations.
PL_DHashAllocTable,
PL_DHashFreeTable,
ChildrenHashHashKey,
ChildrenHashMatchEntry,
PL_DHashMoveEntryStub,
PL_DHashClearEntryStub,
PL_DHashFinalizeStub,
nullptr
};
// EnsureBlockDisplay:
// - if the display value (argument) is not a block-type
// then we set it to a valid block display value
// - For enforcing the floated/positioned element CSS2 rules
// - We allow the behavior of "list-item" to be customized.
// CSS21 says that position/float do not convert 'list-item' to 'block',
// but it explicitly does not define whether 'list-item' should be
// converted to block *on the root node*. To allow for flexibility
// (so that we don't have to support a list-item root node), this method
// lets the caller pick either behavior, using the 'aConvertListItem' arg.
// Reference: http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/visuren.html#dis-pos-flo
/* static */
void
nsRuleNode::EnsureBlockDisplay(uint8_t& display,
bool aConvertListItem /* = false */)
{
// see if the display value is already a block
switch (display) {
case NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_LIST_ITEM :
if (aConvertListItem) {
display = NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_BLOCK;
break;
} // else, fall through to share the 'break' for non-changing display vals
case NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_NONE :
// never change display:none *ever*
case NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_TABLE :
case NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_BLOCK :
case NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_FLEX :
// do not muck with these at all - already blocks
// This is equivalent to nsStyleDisplay::IsBlockOutside. (XXX Maybe we
// should just call that?)
// This needs to match the check done in
// nsCSSFrameConstructor::FindMathMLData for <math>.
break;
case NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_INLINE_TABLE :
// make inline tables into tables
display = NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_TABLE;
break;
case NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_INLINE_FLEX:
// make inline flex containers into flex containers
display = NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_FLEX;
break;
default :
// make it a block
display = NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_BLOCK;
}
}
static nscoord CalcLengthWith(const nsCSSValue& aValue,
nscoord aFontSize,
const nsStyleFont* aStyleFont,
nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
bool aUseProvidedRootEmSize,
bool aUseUserFontSet,
bool& aCanStoreInRuleTree);
struct CalcLengthCalcOps : public css::BasicCoordCalcOps,
public css::NumbersAlreadyNormalizedOps
{
// All of the parameters to CalcLengthWith except aValue.
const nscoord mFontSize;
const nsStyleFont* const mStyleFont;
nsStyleContext* const mStyleContext;
nsPresContext* const mPresContext;
const bool mUseProvidedRootEmSize;
const bool mUseUserFontSet;
bool& mCanStoreInRuleTree;
CalcLengthCalcOps(nscoord aFontSize, const nsStyleFont* aStyleFont,
nsStyleContext* aStyleContext, nsPresContext* aPresContext,
bool aUseProvidedRootEmSize, bool aUseUserFontSet,
bool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
: mFontSize(aFontSize),
mStyleFont(aStyleFont),
mStyleContext(aStyleContext),
mPresContext(aPresContext),
mUseProvidedRootEmSize(aUseProvidedRootEmSize),
mUseUserFontSet(aUseUserFontSet),
mCanStoreInRuleTree(aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
}
result_type ComputeLeafValue(const nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
return CalcLengthWith(aValue, mFontSize, mStyleFont,
mStyleContext, mPresContext, mUseProvidedRootEmSize,
mUseUserFontSet, mCanStoreInRuleTree);
}
};
static inline nscoord ScaleCoord(const nsCSSValue &aValue, float factor)
{
return NSToCoordRoundWithClamp(aValue.GetFloatValue() * factor);
}
already_AddRefed<nsFontMetrics>
GetMetricsFor(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
const nsStyleFont* aStyleFont,
nscoord aFontSize, // overrides value from aStyleFont
bool aUseUserFontSet)
{
nsFont font = aStyleFont->mFont;
font.size = aFontSize;
gfxUserFontSet *fs = nullptr;
if (aUseUserFontSet) {
fs = aPresContext->GetUserFontSet();
}
gfxTextPerfMetrics *tp = aPresContext->GetTextPerfMetrics();
nsRefPtr<nsFontMetrics> fm;
aPresContext->DeviceContext()->GetMetricsFor(font,
aStyleFont->mLanguage,
fs, tp, *getter_AddRefs(fm));
return fm.forget();
}
static nsSize CalcViewportUnitsScale(nsPresContext* aPresContext)
{
// The caller is making use of viewport units, so notify the pres context
// that it will need to rebuild the rule tree if the size of the viewport
// changes.
aPresContext->SetUsesViewportUnits(true);
// The default (when we have 'overflow: auto' on the root element, or
// trivially for 'overflow: hidden' since we never have scrollbars in that
// case) is to define the scale of the viewport units without considering
// scrollbars.
nsSize viewportSize(aPresContext->GetVisibleArea().Size());
// Check for 'overflow: scroll' styles on the root scroll frame. If we find
// any, the standard requires us to take scrollbars into account.
nsIScrollableFrame* scrollFrame =
aPresContext->PresShell()->GetRootScrollFrameAsScrollable();
if (scrollFrame) {
ScrollbarStyles styles(scrollFrame->GetScrollbarStyles());
if (styles.mHorizontal == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_SCROLL ||
styles.mVertical == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_SCROLL) {
// Gather scrollbar size information.
nsRefPtr<nsRenderingContext> context =
aPresContext->PresShell()->GetReferenceRenderingContext();
nsMargin sizes(scrollFrame->GetDesiredScrollbarSizes(aPresContext, context));
if (styles.mHorizontal == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_SCROLL) {
// 'overflow-x: scroll' means we must consider the horizontal scrollbar,
// which affects the scale of viewport height units.
viewportSize.height -= sizes.TopBottom();
}
if (styles.mVertical == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_SCROLL) {
// 'overflow-y: scroll' means we must consider the vertical scrollbar,
// which affects the scale of viewport width units.
viewportSize.width -= sizes.LeftRight();
}
}
}
return viewportSize;
}
static nscoord CalcLengthWith(const nsCSSValue& aValue,
nscoord aFontSize,
const nsStyleFont* aStyleFont,
nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
bool aUseProvidedRootEmSize,
// aUseUserFontSet should always be true
// except when called from
// CalcLengthWithInitialFont.
bool aUseUserFontSet,
bool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
NS_ASSERTION(aValue.IsLengthUnit() || aValue.IsCalcUnit(),
"not a length or calc unit");
NS_ASSERTION(aStyleFont || aStyleContext,
"Must have style data");
NS_ASSERTION(!aStyleFont || !aStyleContext,
"Duplicate sources of data");
NS_ASSERTION(aPresContext, "Must have prescontext");
if (aValue.IsFixedLengthUnit()) {
return aValue.GetFixedLength(aPresContext);
}
if (aValue.IsPixelLengthUnit()) {
return aValue.GetPixelLength();
}
if (aValue.IsCalcUnit()) {
// For properties for which lengths are the *only* units accepted in
// calc(), we can handle calc() here and just compute a final
// result. We ensure that we don't get to this code for other
// properties by not calling CalcLength in those cases: SetCoord
// only calls CalcLength for a calc when it is appropriate to do so.
CalcLengthCalcOps ops(aFontSize, aStyleFont,
aStyleContext, aPresContext,
aUseProvidedRootEmSize, aUseUserFontSet,
aCanStoreInRuleTree);
return css::ComputeCalc(aValue, ops);
}
switch (aValue.GetUnit()) {
// nsPresContext::SetVisibleArea and
// nsPresContext::MediaFeatureValuesChanged handle dynamic changes
// of the basis for viewport units by rebuilding the rule tree and
// style context tree. Not caching them in the rule tree wouldn't
// be sufficient to handle these changes because we also need a way
// to get rid of cached values in the style context tree without any
// changes in specified style. We can either do this by not caching
// in the rule tree and then throwing away the style context tree
// for dynamic viewport size changes, or by allowing caching in the
// rule tree and using the existing rebuild style data path that
// throws away the style context and the rule tree.
// Thus we do cache viewport units in the rule tree. This allows us
// to benefit from the performance advantages of the rule tree
// (e.g., faster dynamic changes on other things, like transforms)
// and allows us not to need an additional code path, in exchange
// for an increased cost to dynamic changes to the viewport size
// when viewport units are in use.
case eCSSUnit_ViewportWidth: {
return ScaleCoord(aValue, 0.01f * CalcViewportUnitsScale(aPresContext).width);
}
case eCSSUnit_ViewportHeight: {
return ScaleCoord(aValue, 0.01f * CalcViewportUnitsScale(aPresContext).height);
}
case eCSSUnit_ViewportMin: {
nsSize vuScale(CalcViewportUnitsScale(aPresContext));
return ScaleCoord(aValue, 0.01f * min(vuScale.width, vuScale.height));
}
case eCSSUnit_ViewportMax: {
nsSize vuScale(CalcViewportUnitsScale(aPresContext));
return ScaleCoord(aValue, 0.01f * max(vuScale.width, vuScale.height));
}
// While we could deal with 'rem' units correctly by simply not
// caching any data that uses them in the rule tree, it's valuable
// to store them in the rule tree (for faster dynamic changes of
// other things). And since the font size of the root element
// changes rarely, we instead handle dynamic changes to the root
// element's font size by rebuilding all style data in
// nsCSSFrameConstructor::RestyleElement.
case eCSSUnit_RootEM: {
aPresContext->SetUsesRootEMUnits(true);
nscoord rootFontSize;
// NOTE: Be very careful with |styleFont|, since we haven't set
// aCanStoreInRuleTree to false yet, so we don't want to introduce
// any dependencies on aStyleContext's data here.
const nsStyleFont *styleFont =
aStyleFont ? aStyleFont : aStyleContext->StyleFont();
if (aUseProvidedRootEmSize) {
// We should use the provided aFontSize as the reference length to
// scale. This only happens when we are calculating font-size or
// an equivalent (scriptminsize or CalcLengthWithInitialFont) on
// the root element, in which case aFontSize is already the
// value we want.
if (aFontSize == -1) {
// XXX Should this be styleFont->mSize instead to avoid taking
// minfontsize prefs into account?
aFontSize = styleFont->mFont.size;
}
rootFontSize = aFontSize;
} else if (aStyleContext && !aStyleContext->GetParent()) {
// This is the root element (XXX we don't really know this, but
// nsRuleNode::SetFont makes the same assumption!), so we should
// use StyleFont on this context to get the root element's
// font size.
rootFontSize = styleFont->mFont.size;
} else {
// This is not the root element or we are calculating something other
// than font size, so rem is relative to the root element's font size.
nsRefPtr<nsStyleContext> rootStyle;
const nsStyleFont *rootStyleFont = styleFont;
Element* docElement = aPresContext->Document()->GetRootElement();
if (docElement) {
rootStyle = aPresContext->StyleSet()->ResolveStyleFor(docElement,
nullptr);
rootStyleFont = rootStyle->StyleFont();
}
rootFontSize = rootStyleFont->mFont.size;
}
return ScaleCoord(aValue, float(rootFontSize));
}
default:
// Fall through to the code for units that can't be stored in the
// rule tree because they depend on font data.
break;
}
// Common code for units that depend on the element's font data and
// thus can't be stored in the rule tree:
aCanStoreInRuleTree = false;
const nsStyleFont *styleFont =
aStyleFont ? aStyleFont : aStyleContext->StyleFont();
if (aFontSize == -1) {
// XXX Should this be styleFont->mSize instead to avoid taking minfontsize
// prefs into account?
aFontSize = styleFont->mFont.size;
}
switch (aValue.GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_EM: {
// CSS2.1 specifies that this unit scales to the computed font
// size, not the em-width in the font metrics, despite the name.
return ScaleCoord(aValue, float(aFontSize));
}
case eCSSUnit_XHeight: {
nsRefPtr<nsFontMetrics> fm =
GetMetricsFor(aPresContext, aStyleContext, styleFont,
aFontSize, aUseUserFontSet);
return ScaleCoord(aValue, float(fm->XHeight()));
}
case eCSSUnit_Char: {
nsRefPtr<nsFontMetrics> fm =
GetMetricsFor(aPresContext, aStyleContext, styleFont,
aFontSize, aUseUserFontSet);
gfxFloat zeroWidth = (fm->GetThebesFontGroup()->GetFontAt(0)
->GetMetrics().zeroOrAveCharWidth);
return ScaleCoord(aValue, ceil(aPresContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel() *
zeroWidth));
}
default:
NS_NOTREACHED("unexpected unit");
break;
}
return 0;
}
/* static */ nscoord
nsRuleNode::CalcLength(const nsCSSValue& aValue,
nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
bool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
NS_ASSERTION(aStyleContext, "Must have style data");
return CalcLengthWith(aValue, -1, nullptr,
aStyleContext, aPresContext,
false, true, aCanStoreInRuleTree);
}
/* Inline helper function to redirect requests to CalcLength. */
static inline nscoord CalcLength(const nsCSSValue& aValue,
nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
bool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
return nsRuleNode::CalcLength(aValue, aStyleContext,
aPresContext, aCanStoreInRuleTree);
}
/* static */ nscoord
nsRuleNode::CalcLengthWithInitialFont(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
const nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
nsStyleFont defaultFont(aPresContext); // FIXME: best language?
bool canStoreInRuleTree;
return CalcLengthWith(aValue, -1, &defaultFont,
nullptr, aPresContext,
true, false, canStoreInRuleTree);
}
struct LengthPercentPairCalcOps : public css::NumbersAlreadyNormalizedOps
{
typedef nsRuleNode::ComputedCalc result_type;
LengthPercentPairCalcOps(nsStyleContext* aContext,
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
bool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
: mContext(aContext),
mPresContext(aPresContext),
mCanStoreInRuleTree(aCanStoreInRuleTree),
mHasPercent(false) {}
nsStyleContext* mContext;
nsPresContext* mPresContext;
bool& mCanStoreInRuleTree;
bool mHasPercent;
result_type ComputeLeafValue(const nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Percent) {
mHasPercent = true;
return result_type(0, aValue.GetPercentValue());
}
return result_type(CalcLength(aValue, mContext, mPresContext,
mCanStoreInRuleTree),
0.0f);
}
result_type
MergeAdditive(nsCSSUnit aCalcFunction,
result_type aValue1, result_type aValue2)
{
if (aCalcFunction == eCSSUnit_Calc_Plus) {
return result_type(NSCoordSaturatingAdd(aValue1.mLength,
aValue2.mLength),
aValue1.mPercent + aValue2.mPercent);
}
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aCalcFunction == eCSSUnit_Calc_Minus,
"min() and max() are not allowed in calc() on "
"transform");
return result_type(NSCoordSaturatingSubtract(aValue1.mLength,
aValue2.mLength, 0),
aValue1.mPercent - aValue2.mPercent);
}
result_type
MergeMultiplicativeL(nsCSSUnit aCalcFunction,
float aValue1, result_type aValue2)
{
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aCalcFunction == eCSSUnit_Calc_Times_L,
"unexpected unit");
return result_type(NSCoordSaturatingMultiply(aValue2.mLength, aValue1),
aValue1 * aValue2.mPercent);
}
result_type
MergeMultiplicativeR(nsCSSUnit aCalcFunction,
result_type aValue1, float aValue2)
{
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aCalcFunction == eCSSUnit_Calc_Times_R ||
aCalcFunction == eCSSUnit_Calc_Divided,
"unexpected unit");
if (aCalcFunction == eCSSUnit_Calc_Divided) {
aValue2 = 1.0f / aValue2;
}
return result_type(NSCoordSaturatingMultiply(aValue1.mLength, aValue2),
aValue1.mPercent * aValue2);
}
};
static void
SpecifiedCalcToComputedCalc(const nsCSSValue& aValue, nsStyleCoord& aCoord,
nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
bool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
LengthPercentPairCalcOps ops(aStyleContext, aStyleContext->PresContext(),
aCanStoreInRuleTree);
nsRuleNode::ComputedCalc vals = ComputeCalc(aValue, ops);
nsStyleCoord::Calc *calcObj =
new (aStyleContext->Alloc(sizeof(nsStyleCoord::Calc))) nsStyleCoord::Calc;
// Because we use aStyleContext->Alloc(), we have to store the result
// on the style context and not in the rule tree.
aCanStoreInRuleTree = false;
calcObj->mLength = vals.mLength;
calcObj->mPercent = vals.mPercent;
calcObj->mHasPercent = ops.mHasPercent;
aCoord.SetCalcValue(calcObj);
}
/* static */ nsRuleNode::ComputedCalc
nsRuleNode::SpecifiedCalcToComputedCalc(const nsCSSValue& aValue,
nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
bool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
LengthPercentPairCalcOps ops(aStyleContext, aPresContext,
aCanStoreInRuleTree);
return ComputeCalc(aValue, ops);
}
// This is our public API for handling calc() expressions that involve
// percentages.
/* static */ nscoord
nsRuleNode::ComputeComputedCalc(const nsStyleCoord& aValue,
nscoord aPercentageBasis)
{
nsStyleCoord::Calc *calc = aValue.GetCalcValue();
return calc->mLength +
NSToCoordFloorClamped(aPercentageBasis * calc->mPercent);
}
/* static */ nscoord
nsRuleNode::ComputeCoordPercentCalc(const nsStyleCoord& aCoord,
nscoord aPercentageBasis)
{
switch (aCoord.GetUnit()) {
case eStyleUnit_Coord:
return aCoord.GetCoordValue();
case eStyleUnit_Percent:
return NSToCoordFloorClamped(aPercentageBasis * aCoord.GetPercentValue());
case eStyleUnit_Calc:
return ComputeComputedCalc(aCoord, aPercentageBasis);
default:
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(false, "unexpected unit");
return 0;
}
}
/* Given an enumerated value that represents a box position, converts it to
* a float representing the percentage of the box it corresponds to. For
* example, "center" becomes 0.5f.
*
* @param aEnumValue The enumerated value.
* @return The float percent it corresponds to.
*/
static float
GetFloatFromBoxPosition(int32_t aEnumValue)
{
switch (aEnumValue) {
case NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_LEFT:
case NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_TOP:
return 0.0f;
case NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_RIGHT:
case NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_BOTTOM:
return 1.0f;
default:
NS_NOTREACHED("unexpected value");
// fall through
case NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_CENTER:
return 0.5f;
}
}
#define SETCOORD_NORMAL 0x01 // N
#define SETCOORD_AUTO 0x02 // A
#define SETCOORD_INHERIT 0x04 // H
#define SETCOORD_PERCENT 0x08 // P
#define SETCOORD_FACTOR 0x10 // F
#define SETCOORD_LENGTH 0x20 // L
#define SETCOORD_INTEGER 0x40 // I
#define SETCOORD_ENUMERATED 0x80 // E
#define SETCOORD_NONE 0x100 // O
#define SETCOORD_INITIAL_ZERO 0x200
#define SETCOORD_INITIAL_AUTO 0x400
#define SETCOORD_INITIAL_NONE 0x800
#define SETCOORD_INITIAL_NORMAL 0x1000
#define SETCOORD_INITIAL_HALF 0x2000
#define SETCOORD_INITIAL_HUNDRED_PCT 0x00004000
#define SETCOORD_INITIAL_FACTOR_ONE 0x00008000
#define SETCOORD_INITIAL_FACTOR_ZERO 0x00010000
#define SETCOORD_CALC_LENGTH_ONLY 0x00020000
#define SETCOORD_CALC_CLAMP_NONNEGATIVE 0x00040000 // modifier for CALC_LENGTH_ONLY
#define SETCOORD_STORE_CALC 0x00080000
#define SETCOORD_BOX_POSITION 0x00100000 // exclusive with _ENUMERATED
#define SETCOORD_ANGLE 0x00200000
#define SETCOORD_UNSET_INHERIT 0x00400000
#define SETCOORD_UNSET_INITIAL 0x00800000
#define SETCOORD_LP (SETCOORD_LENGTH | SETCOORD_PERCENT)
#define SETCOORD_LH (SETCOORD_LENGTH | SETCOORD_INHERIT)
#define SETCOORD_AH (SETCOORD_AUTO | SETCOORD_INHERIT)
#define SETCOORD_LAH (SETCOORD_AUTO | SETCOORD_LENGTH | SETCOORD_INHERIT)
#define SETCOORD_LPH (SETCOORD_LP | SETCOORD_INHERIT)
#define SETCOORD_LPAH (SETCOORD_LP | SETCOORD_AH)
#define SETCOORD_LPEH (SETCOORD_LP | SETCOORD_ENUMERATED | SETCOORD_INHERIT)
#define SETCOORD_LPAEH (SETCOORD_LPAH | SETCOORD_ENUMERATED)
#define SETCOORD_LPO (SETCOORD_LP | SETCOORD_NONE)
#define SETCOORD_LPOH (SETCOORD_LPH | SETCOORD_NONE)
#define SETCOORD_LPOEH (SETCOORD_LPOH | SETCOORD_ENUMERATED)
#define SETCOORD_LE (SETCOORD_LENGTH | SETCOORD_ENUMERATED)
#define SETCOORD_LEH (SETCOORD_LE | SETCOORD_INHERIT)
#define SETCOORD_IA (SETCOORD_INTEGER | SETCOORD_AUTO)
#define SETCOORD_LAE (SETCOORD_LENGTH | SETCOORD_AUTO | SETCOORD_ENUMERATED)
// changes aCoord iff it returns true
static bool SetCoord(const nsCSSValue& aValue, nsStyleCoord& aCoord,
const nsStyleCoord& aParentCoord,
int32_t aMask, nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
bool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
bool result = true;
if (aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null) {
result = false;
}
else if ((((aMask & SETCOORD_LENGTH) != 0) &&
aValue.IsLengthUnit()) ||
(((aMask & SETCOORD_CALC_LENGTH_ONLY) != 0) &&
aValue.IsCalcUnit())) {
nscoord len = CalcLength(aValue, aStyleContext, aPresContext,
aCanStoreInRuleTree);
if ((aMask & SETCOORD_CALC_CLAMP_NONNEGATIVE) && len < 0) {
NS_ASSERTION(aValue.IsCalcUnit(),
"parser should have ensured no nonnegative lengths");
len = 0;
}
aCoord.SetCoordValue(len);
}
else if (((aMask & SETCOORD_PERCENT) != 0) &&
(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Percent)) {
aCoord.SetPercentValue(aValue.GetPercentValue());
}
else if (((aMask & SETCOORD_INTEGER) != 0) &&
(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Integer)) {
aCoord.SetIntValue(aValue.GetIntValue(), eStyleUnit_Integer);
}
else if (((aMask & SETCOORD_ENUMERATED) != 0) &&
(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated)) {
aCoord.SetIntValue(aValue.GetIntValue(), eStyleUnit_Enumerated);
}
else if (((aMask & SETCOORD_BOX_POSITION) != 0) &&
(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated)) {
aCoord.SetPercentValue(GetFloatFromBoxPosition(aValue.GetIntValue()));
}
else if (((aMask & SETCOORD_AUTO) != 0) &&
(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Auto)) {
aCoord.SetAutoValue();
}
else if ((((aMask & SETCOORD_INHERIT) != 0) &&
aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Inherit) ||
(((aMask & SETCOORD_UNSET_INHERIT) != 0) &&
aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Unset)) {
aCoord = aParentCoord; // just inherit value from parent
aCanStoreInRuleTree = false;
}
else if (((aMask & SETCOORD_NORMAL) != 0) &&
(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Normal)) {
aCoord.SetNormalValue();
}
else if (((aMask & SETCOORD_NONE) != 0) &&
(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_None)) {
aCoord.SetNoneValue();
}
else if (((aMask & SETCOORD_FACTOR) != 0) &&
(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Number)) {
aCoord.SetFactorValue(aValue.GetFloatValue());
}
else if (((aMask & SETCOORD_STORE_CALC) != 0) &&
(aValue.IsCalcUnit())) {
SpecifiedCalcToComputedCalc(aValue, aCoord, aStyleContext,
aCanStoreInRuleTree);
}
else if (aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Initial ||
(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Unset &&
((aMask & SETCOORD_UNSET_INITIAL) != 0))) {
if ((aMask & SETCOORD_INITIAL_AUTO) != 0) {
aCoord.SetAutoValue();
}
else if ((aMask & SETCOORD_INITIAL_ZERO) != 0) {
aCoord.SetCoordValue(0);
}
else if ((aMask & SETCOORD_INITIAL_FACTOR_ZERO) != 0) {
aCoord.SetFactorValue(0.0f);
}
else if ((aMask & SETCOORD_INITIAL_NONE) != 0) {
aCoord.SetNoneValue();
}
else if ((aMask & SETCOORD_INITIAL_NORMAL) != 0) {
aCoord.SetNormalValue();
}
else if ((aMask & SETCOORD_INITIAL_HALF) != 0) {
aCoord.SetPercentValue(0.5f);
}
else if ((aMask & SETCOORD_INITIAL_HUNDRED_PCT) != 0) {
aCoord.SetPercentValue(1.0f);
}
else if ((aMask & SETCOORD_INITIAL_FACTOR_ONE) != 0) {
aCoord.SetFactorValue(1.0f);
}
else {
result = false; // didn't set anything
}
}
else if ((aMask & SETCOORD_ANGLE) != 0 &&
(aValue.IsAngularUnit())) {
nsStyleUnit unit;
switch (aValue.GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_Degree: unit = eStyleUnit_Degree; break;
case eCSSUnit_Grad: unit = eStyleUnit_Grad; break;
case eCSSUnit_Radian: unit = eStyleUnit_Radian; break;
case eCSSUnit_Turn: unit = eStyleUnit_Turn; break;
default: NS_NOTREACHED("unrecognized angular unit");
unit = eStyleUnit_Degree;
}
aCoord.SetAngleValue(aValue.GetAngleValue(), unit);
}
else {
result = false; // didn't set anything
}
return result;
}
// This inline function offers a shortcut for SetCoord() by refusing to accept
// SETCOORD_LENGTH, SETCOORD_INHERIT and SETCOORD_UNSET_* masks.
static inline bool SetAbsCoord(const nsCSSValue& aValue,
nsStyleCoord& aCoord,
int32_t aMask)
{
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE((aMask & (SETCOORD_LH | SETCOORD_UNSET_INHERIT |
SETCOORD_UNSET_INITIAL)) == 0,
"does not handle SETCOORD_LENGTH, SETCOORD_INHERIT and "
"SETCOORD_UNSET_*");
// The values of the following variables will never be used; so it does not
// matter what to set.
const nsStyleCoord dummyParentCoord;
nsStyleContext* dummyStyleContext = nullptr;
nsPresContext* dummyPresContext = nullptr;
bool dummyCanStoreInRuleTree = true;
bool rv = SetCoord(aValue, aCoord, dummyParentCoord, aMask,
dummyStyleContext, dummyPresContext,
dummyCanStoreInRuleTree);
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(dummyCanStoreInRuleTree,
"SetCoord() should not modify dummyCanStoreInRuleTree.");
return rv;
}
/* Given a specified value that might be a pair value, call SetCoord twice,
* either using each member of the pair, or using the unpaired value twice.
*/
static bool
SetPairCoords(const nsCSSValue& aValue,
nsStyleCoord& aCoordX, nsStyleCoord& aCoordY,
const nsStyleCoord& aParentX, const nsStyleCoord& aParentY,
int32_t aMask, nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
nsPresContext* aPresContext, bool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
const nsCSSValue& valX =
aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Pair ? aValue.GetPairValue().mXValue : aValue;
const nsCSSValue& valY =
aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Pair ? aValue.GetPairValue().mYValue : aValue;
bool cX = SetCoord(valX, aCoordX, aParentX, aMask, aStyleContext,
aPresContext, aCanStoreInRuleTree);
mozilla::DebugOnly<bool> cY = SetCoord(valY, aCoordY, aParentY, aMask,
aStyleContext, aPresContext, aCanStoreInRuleTree);
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(cX == cY, "changed one but not the other");
return cX;
}
static bool SetColor(const nsCSSValue& aValue, const nscolor aParentColor,
nsPresContext* aPresContext, nsStyleContext *aContext,
nscolor& aResult, bool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
bool result = false;
nsCSSUnit unit = aValue.GetUnit();
if (aValue.IsNumericColorUnit()) {
aResult = aValue.GetColorValue();
result = true;
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Ident == unit) {
nsAutoString value;
aValue.GetStringValue(value);
nscolor rgba;
if (NS_ColorNameToRGB(value, &rgba)) {
aResult = rgba;
result = true;
}
}
else if (eCSSUnit_EnumColor == unit) {
int32_t intValue = aValue.GetIntValue();
if (0 <= intValue) {
LookAndFeel::ColorID colorID = (LookAndFeel::ColorID) intValue;
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(LookAndFeel::GetColor(colorID, &aResult))) {
result = true;
}
}
else {
aResult = NS_RGB(0, 0, 0);
result = false;
switch (intValue) {
case NS_COLOR_MOZ_HYPERLINKTEXT:
if (aPresContext) {
aResult = aPresContext->DefaultLinkColor();
result = true;
}
break;
case NS_COLOR_MOZ_VISITEDHYPERLINKTEXT:
if (aPresContext) {
aResult = aPresContext->DefaultVisitedLinkColor();
result = true;
}
break;
case NS_COLOR_MOZ_ACTIVEHYPERLINKTEXT:
if (aPresContext) {
aResult = aPresContext->DefaultActiveLinkColor();
result = true;
}
break;
case NS_COLOR_CURRENTCOLOR:
// The data computed from this can't be shared in the rule tree
// because they could be used on a node with a different color
aCanStoreInRuleTree = false;
if (aContext) {
aResult = aContext->StyleColor()->mColor;
result = true;
}
break;
case NS_COLOR_MOZ_DEFAULT_COLOR:
if (aPresContext) {
aResult = aPresContext->DefaultColor();
result = true;
}
break;
case NS_COLOR_MOZ_DEFAULT_BACKGROUND_COLOR:
if (aPresContext) {
aResult = aPresContext->DefaultBackgroundColor();
result = true;
}
break;
default:
NS_NOTREACHED("Should never have an unknown negative colorID.");
break;
}
}
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == unit) {
aResult = aParentColor;
result = true;
aCanStoreInRuleTree = false;
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == unit &&
aValue.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_COLOR_INHERIT_FROM_BODY) {
NS_ASSERTION(aPresContext->CompatibilityMode() == eCompatibility_NavQuirks,
"Should only get this value in quirks mode");
// We just grab the color from the prescontext, and rely on the fact that
// if the body color ever changes all its descendants will get new style
// contexts (but NOT necessarily new rulenodes).
aResult = aPresContext->BodyTextColor();
result = true;
aCanStoreInRuleTree = false;
}
return result;
}
static void SetGradientCoord(const nsCSSValue& aValue, nsPresContext* aPresContext,
nsStyleContext* aContext, nsStyleCoord& aResult,
bool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
// OK to pass bad aParentCoord since we're not passing SETCOORD_INHERIT
if (!SetCoord(aValue, aResult, nsStyleCoord(),
SETCOORD_LPO | SETCOORD_BOX_POSITION | SETCOORD_STORE_CALC,
aContext, aPresContext, aCanStoreInRuleTree)) {
NS_NOTREACHED("unexpected unit for gradient anchor point");
aResult.SetNoneValue();
}
}
static void SetGradient(const nsCSSValue& aValue, nsPresContext* aPresContext,
nsStyleContext* aContext, nsStyleGradient& aResult,
bool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Gradient,
"The given data is not a gradient");
const nsCSSValueGradient* gradient = aValue.GetGradientValue();
if (gradient->mIsExplicitSize) {
SetCoord(gradient->GetRadiusX(), aResult.mRadiusX, nsStyleCoord(),
SETCOORD_LP | SETCOORD_STORE_CALC,
aContext, aPresContext, aCanStoreInRuleTree);
if (gradient->GetRadiusY().GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_None) {
SetCoord(gradient->GetRadiusY(), aResult.mRadiusY, nsStyleCoord(),
SETCOORD_LP | SETCOORD_STORE_CALC,
aContext, aPresContext, aCanStoreInRuleTree);
aResult.mShape = NS_STYLE_GRADIENT_SHAPE_ELLIPTICAL;
} else {
aResult.mRadiusY = aResult.mRadiusX;
aResult.mShape = NS_STYLE_GRADIENT_SHAPE_CIRCULAR;
}
aResult.mSize = NS_STYLE_GRADIENT_SIZE_EXPLICIT_SIZE;
} else if (gradient->mIsRadial) {
if (gradient->GetRadialShape().GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated) {
aResult.mShape = gradient->GetRadialShape().GetIntValue();
} else {
NS_ASSERTION(gradient->GetRadialShape().GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_None,
"bad unit for radial shape");
aResult.mShape = NS_STYLE_GRADIENT_SHAPE_ELLIPTICAL;
}
if (gradient->GetRadialSize().GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated) {
aResult.mSize = gradient->GetRadialSize().GetIntValue();
} else {
NS_ASSERTION(gradient->GetRadialSize().GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_None,
"bad unit for radial shape");
aResult.mSize = NS_STYLE_GRADIENT_SIZE_FARTHEST_CORNER;
}
} else {
NS_ASSERTION(gradient->GetRadialShape().GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_None,
"bad unit for linear shape");
NS_ASSERTION(gradient->GetRadialSize().GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_None,
"bad unit for linear size");
aResult.mShape = NS_STYLE_GRADIENT_SHAPE_LINEAR;
aResult.mSize = NS_STYLE_GRADIENT_SIZE_FARTHEST_CORNER;
}
aResult.mLegacySyntax = gradient->mIsLegacySyntax;
// bg-position
SetGradientCoord(gradient->mBgPos.mXValue, aPresContext, aContext,
aResult.mBgPosX, aCanStoreInRuleTree);
SetGradientCoord(gradient->mBgPos.mYValue, aPresContext, aContext,
aResult.mBgPosY, aCanStoreInRuleTree);
aResult.mRepeating = gradient->mIsRepeating;
// angle
const nsStyleCoord dummyParentCoord;
if (!SetCoord(gradient->mAngle, aResult.mAngle, dummyParentCoord, SETCOORD_ANGLE,
aContext, aPresContext, aCanStoreInRuleTree)) {
NS_ASSERTION(gradient->mAngle.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_None,
"bad unit for gradient angle");
aResult.mAngle.SetNoneValue();
}
// stops
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < gradient->mStops.Length(); i++) {
nsStyleGradientStop stop;
const nsCSSValueGradientStop &valueStop = gradient->mStops[i];
if (!SetCoord(valueStop.mLocation, stop.mLocation,
nsStyleCoord(), SETCOORD_LPO | SETCOORD_STORE_CALC,
aContext, aPresContext, aCanStoreInRuleTree)) {
NS_NOTREACHED("unexpected unit for gradient stop location");
}
// inherit is not a valid color for stops, so we pass in a dummy
// parent color
NS_ASSERTION(valueStop.mColor.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Inherit,
"inherit is not a valid color for gradient stops");
SetColor(valueStop.mColor, NS_RGB(0, 0, 0), aPresContext,
aContext, stop.mColor, aCanStoreInRuleTree);
aResult.mStops.AppendElement(stop);
}
}
// -moz-image-rect(<uri>, <top>, <right>, <bottom>, <left>)
static void SetStyleImageToImageRect(nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
const nsCSSValue& aValue,
nsStyleImage& aResult)
{
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Function &&
aValue.EqualsFunction(eCSSKeyword__moz_image_rect),
"the value is not valid -moz-image-rect()");
nsCSSValue::Array* arr = aValue.GetArrayValue();
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(arr && arr->Count() == 6, "invalid number of arguments");
// <uri>
if (arr->Item(1).GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Image) {
NS_SET_IMAGE_REQUEST_WITH_DOC(aResult.SetImageData,
aStyleContext,
arr->Item(1).GetImageValue)
} else {
NS_WARNING("nsCSSValue::Image::Image() failed?");
}
// <top>, <right>, <bottom>, <left>
nsStyleSides cropRect;
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
nsStyleCoord coord;
const nsCSSValue& val = arr->Item(2 + side);
#ifdef DEBUG
bool unitOk =
#endif
SetAbsCoord(val, coord, SETCOORD_FACTOR | SETCOORD_PERCENT);
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(unitOk, "Incorrect data structure created by CSS parser");
cropRect.Set(side, coord);
}
aResult.SetCropRect(&cropRect);
}
static void SetStyleImage(nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
const nsCSSValue& aValue,
nsStyleImage& aResult,
bool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
if (aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null) {
return;
}
aResult.SetNull();
switch (aValue.GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_Image:
NS_SET_IMAGE_REQUEST_WITH_DOC(aResult.SetImageData,
aStyleContext,
aValue.GetImageValue)
break;
case eCSSUnit_Function:
if (aValue.EqualsFunction(eCSSKeyword__moz_image_rect)) {
SetStyleImageToImageRect(aStyleContext, aValue, aResult);
} else {
NS_NOTREACHED("-moz-image-rect() is the only expected function");
}
break;
case eCSSUnit_Gradient:
{
nsStyleGradient* gradient = new nsStyleGradient();
if (gradient) {
SetGradient(aValue, aStyleContext->PresContext(), aStyleContext,
*gradient, aCanStoreInRuleTree);
aResult.SetGradientData(gradient);
}
break;
}
case eCSSUnit_Element:
aResult.SetElementId(aValue.GetStringBufferValue());
break;
case eCSSUnit_Initial:
case eCSSUnit_Unset:
case eCSSUnit_None:
break;
default:
// We might have eCSSUnit_URL values for if-visited style
// contexts, which we can safely treat like 'none'. Otherwise
// this is an unexpected unit.
NS_ASSERTION(aStyleContext->IsStyleIfVisited() &&
aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_URL,
"unexpected unit; maybe nsCSSValue::Image::Image() failed?");
break;
}
}
// flags for SetDiscrete - align values with SETCOORD_* constants
// where possible
#define SETDSC_NORMAL 0x01 // N
#define SETDSC_AUTO 0x02 // A
#define SETDSC_INTEGER 0x40 // I
#define SETDSC_ENUMERATED 0x80 // E
#define SETDSC_NONE 0x100 // O
#define SETDSC_SYSTEM_FONT 0x2000
#define SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT 0x00400000
#define SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL 0x00800000
// no caller cares whether aField was changed or not
template <typename FieldT,
typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5>
static void
SetDiscrete(const nsCSSValue& aValue, FieldT & aField,
bool& aCanStoreInRuleTree, uint32_t aMask,
FieldT aParentValue,
T1 aInitialValue,
T2 aAutoValue,
T3 aNoneValue,
T4 aNormalValue,
T5 aSystemFontValue)
{
switch (aValue.GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_Null:
return;
// every caller of SetDiscrete provides inherit and initial
// alternatives, so we don't require them to say so in the mask
case eCSSUnit_Inherit:
aCanStoreInRuleTree = false;
aField = aParentValue;
return;
case eCSSUnit_Initial:
aField = aInitialValue;
return;
// every caller provides one or other of these alternatives,
// but they have to say which
case eCSSUnit_Enumerated:
if (aMask & SETDSC_ENUMERATED) {
aField = aValue.GetIntValue();
return;
}
break;
case eCSSUnit_Integer:
if (aMask & SETDSC_INTEGER) {
aField = aValue.GetIntValue();
return;
}
break;
// remaining possibilities in descending order of frequency of use
case eCSSUnit_Auto:
if (aMask & SETDSC_AUTO) {
aField = aAutoValue;
return;
}
break;
case eCSSUnit_None:
if (aMask & SETDSC_NONE) {
aField = aNoneValue;
return;
}
break;
case eCSSUnit_Normal:
if (aMask & SETDSC_NORMAL) {
aField = aNormalValue;
return;
}
break;
case eCSSUnit_System_Font:
if (aMask & SETDSC_SYSTEM_FONT) {
aField = aSystemFontValue;
return;
}
break;
case eCSSUnit_Unset:
if (aMask & SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT) {
aCanStoreInRuleTree = false;
aField = aParentValue;
return;
}
if (aMask & SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL) {
aField = aInitialValue;
return;
}
break;
default:
break;
}
NS_NOTREACHED("SetDiscrete: inappropriate unit");
}
// flags for SetFactor
#define SETFCT_POSITIVE 0x01 // assert value is >= 0.0f
#define SETFCT_OPACITY 0x02 // clamp value to [0.0f .. 1.0f]
#define SETFCT_NONE 0x04 // allow _None (uses aInitialValue).
#define SETFCT_UNSET_INHERIT 0x00400000
#define SETFCT_UNSET_INITIAL 0x00800000
static void
SetFactor(const nsCSSValue& aValue, float& aField, bool& aCanStoreInRuleTree,
float aParentValue, float aInitialValue, uint32_t aFlags = 0)
{
switch (aValue.GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_Null:
return;
case eCSSUnit_Number:
aField = aValue.GetFloatValue();
if (aFlags & SETFCT_POSITIVE) {
NS_ASSERTION(aField >= 0.0f, "negative value for positive-only property");
if (aField < 0.0f)
aField = 0.0f;
}
if (aFlags & SETFCT_OPACITY) {
if (aField < 0.0f)
aField = 0.0f;
if (aField > 1.0f)
aField = 1.0f;
}
return;
case eCSSUnit_Inherit:
aCanStoreInRuleTree = false;
aField = aParentValue;
return;
case eCSSUnit_Initial:
aField = aInitialValue;
return;
case eCSSUnit_None:
if (aFlags & SETFCT_NONE) {
aField = aInitialValue;
return;
}
break;
case eCSSUnit_Unset:
if (aFlags & SETFCT_UNSET_INHERIT) {
aCanStoreInRuleTree = false;
aField = aParentValue;
return;
}
if (aFlags & SETFCT_UNSET_INITIAL) {
aField = aInitialValue;
return;
}
break;
default:
break;
}
NS_NOTREACHED("SetFactor: inappropriate unit");
}
// Overloaded new operator. Initializes the memory to 0 and relies on an arena
// (which comes from the presShell) to perform the allocation.
void*
nsRuleNode::operator new(size_t sz, nsPresContext* aPresContext) CPP_THROW_NEW
{
// Check the recycle list first.
return aPresContext->PresShell()->AllocateByObjectID(nsPresArena::nsRuleNode_id, sz);
}
/* static */ PLDHashOperator
nsRuleNode::EnqueueRuleNodeChildren(PLDHashTable *table, PLDHashEntryHdr *hdr,
uint32_t number, void *arg)
{
ChildrenHashEntry *entry = static_cast<ChildrenHashEntry*>(hdr);
nsRuleNode ***destroyQueueTail = static_cast<nsRuleNode***>(arg);
**destroyQueueTail = entry->mRuleNode;
*destroyQueueTail = &entry->mRuleNode->mNextSibling;
return PL_DHASH_NEXT;
}
// Overridden to prevent the global delete from being called, since the memory
// came out of an nsIArena instead of the global delete operator's heap.
void
nsRuleNode::DestroyInternal(nsRuleNode ***aDestroyQueueTail)
{
nsRuleNode *destroyQueue, **destroyQueueTail;
if (aDestroyQueueTail) {
destroyQueueTail = *aDestroyQueueTail;
} else {
destroyQueue = nullptr;
destroyQueueTail = &destroyQueue;
}
if (ChildrenAreHashed()) {
PLDHashTable *children = ChildrenHash();
PL_DHashTableEnumerate(children, EnqueueRuleNodeChildren,
&destroyQueueTail);
*destroyQueueTail = nullptr; // ensure null-termination
PL_DHashTableDestroy(children);
} else if (HaveChildren()) {
*destroyQueueTail = ChildrenList();
do {
destroyQueueTail = &(*destroyQueueTail)->mNextSibling;
} while (*destroyQueueTail);
}
mChildren.asVoid = nullptr;
if (aDestroyQueueTail) {
// Our caller destroys the queue.
*aDestroyQueueTail = destroyQueueTail;
} else {
// We have to do destroy the queue. When we destroy each node, it
// will add its children to the queue.
while (destroyQueue) {
nsRuleNode *cur = destroyQueue;
destroyQueue = destroyQueue->mNextSibling;
if (!destroyQueue) {
NS_ASSERTION(destroyQueueTail == &cur->mNextSibling, "mangled list");
destroyQueueTail = &destroyQueue;
}
cur->DestroyInternal(&destroyQueueTail);
}
}
// Destroy ourselves.
this->~nsRuleNode();
// Don't let the memory be freed, since it will be recycled
// instead. Don't call the global operator delete.
mPresContext->PresShell()->FreeByObjectID(nsPresArena::nsRuleNode_id, this);
}
nsRuleNode* nsRuleNode::CreateRootNode(nsPresContext* aPresContext)
{
return new (aPresContext)
nsRuleNode(aPresContext, nullptr, nullptr, 0xff, false);
}
nsRuleNode::nsRuleNode(nsPresContext* aContext, nsRuleNode* aParent,
nsIStyleRule* aRule, uint8_t aLevel,
bool aIsImportant)
: mPresContext(aContext),
mParent(aParent),
mRule(aRule),
mDependentBits((uint32_t(aLevel) << NS_RULE_NODE_LEVEL_SHIFT) |
(aIsImportant ? NS_RULE_NODE_IS_IMPORTANT : 0)),
mNoneBits(0),
mRefCnt(0)
{
MOZ_ASSERT(aContext);
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(IsRoot() == !aRule,
"non-root rule nodes must have a rule");
mChildren.asVoid = nullptr;
MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsRuleNode);
if (mRule) {
mRule->AddRef();
}
NS_ASSERTION(IsRoot() || GetLevel() == aLevel, "not enough bits");
NS_ASSERTION(IsRoot() || IsImportantRule() == aIsImportant, "yikes");
/* If IsRoot(), then aContext->StyleSet() is typically null at this
point. In any case, we don't want to treat the root rulenode as
unused. */
if (!IsRoot()) {
mParent->AddRef();
aContext->StyleSet()->RuleNodeUnused();
}
// nsStyleSet::GetContext depends on there being only one animation
// rule.
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(IsRoot() || GetLevel() != nsStyleSet::eAnimationSheet ||
mParent->IsRoot() ||
mParent->GetLevel() != nsStyleSet::eAnimationSheet,
"must be only one rule at animation level");
}
nsRuleNode::~nsRuleNode()
{
MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(nsRuleNode);
if (mStyleData.mResetData || mStyleData.mInheritedData)
mStyleData.Destroy(mDependentBits, mPresContext);
if (mRule) {
mRule->Release();
}
}
nsRuleNode*
nsRuleNode::Transition(nsIStyleRule* aRule, uint8_t aLevel,
bool aIsImportantRule)
{
nsRuleNode* next = nullptr;
nsRuleNode::Key key(aRule, aLevel, aIsImportantRule);
if (HaveChildren() && !ChildrenAreHashed()) {
int32_t numKids = 0;
nsRuleNode* curr = ChildrenList();
while (curr && curr->GetKey() != key) {
curr = curr->mNextSibling;
++numKids;
}
if (curr)
next = curr;
else if (numKids >= kMaxChildrenInList)
ConvertChildrenToHash();
}
if (ChildrenAreHashed()) {
ChildrenHashEntry *entry = static_cast<ChildrenHashEntry*>
(PL_DHashTableOperate(ChildrenHash(), &key, PL_DHASH_ADD));
if (!entry) {
NS_WARNING("out of memory");
return this;
}
if (entry->mRuleNode)
next = entry->mRuleNode;
else {
next = entry->mRuleNode = new (mPresContext)
nsRuleNode(mPresContext, this, aRule, aLevel, aIsImportantRule);
if (!next) {
PL_DHashTableRawRemove(ChildrenHash(), entry);
NS_WARNING("out of memory");
return this;
}
}
} else if (!next) {
// Create the new entry in our list.
next = new (mPresContext)
nsRuleNode(mPresContext, this, aRule, aLevel, aIsImportantRule);
if (!next) {
NS_WARNING("out of memory");
return this;
}
next->mNextSibling = ChildrenList();
SetChildrenList(next);
}
return next;
}
void nsRuleNode::SetUsedDirectly()
{
mDependentBits |= NS_RULE_NODE_USED_DIRECTLY;
// Maintain the invariant that any rule node that is used directly has
// all structs that live in the rule tree cached (which
// nsRuleNode::GetStyleData depends on for speed).
if (mDependentBits & NS_STYLE_INHERIT_MASK) {
for (nsStyleStructID sid = nsStyleStructID(0); sid < nsStyleStructID_Length;
sid = nsStyleStructID(sid + 1)) {
uint32_t bit = nsCachedStyleData::GetBitForSID(sid);
if (mDependentBits & bit) {
nsRuleNode *source = mParent;
while ((source->mDependentBits & bit) && !source->IsUsedDirectly()) {
source = source->mParent;
}
void *data = source->mStyleData.GetStyleData(sid);
NS_ASSERTION(data, "unexpected null struct");
mStyleData.SetStyleData(sid, mPresContext, data);
}
}
}
}
void
nsRuleNode::ConvertChildrenToHash()
{
NS_ASSERTION(!ChildrenAreHashed() && HaveChildren(),
"must have a non-empty list of children");
PLDHashTable *hash = PL_NewDHashTable(&ChildrenHashOps, nullptr,
sizeof(ChildrenHashEntry),
kMaxChildrenInList * 4);
if (!hash)
return;
for (nsRuleNode* curr = ChildrenList(); curr; curr = curr->mNextSibling) {
// This will never fail because of the initial size we gave the table.
ChildrenHashEntry *entry = static_cast<ChildrenHashEntry*>(
PL_DHashTableOperate(hash, curr->mRule, PL_DHASH_ADD));
NS_ASSERTION(!entry->mRuleNode, "duplicate entries in list");
entry->mRuleNode = curr;
}
SetChildrenHash(hash);
}
inline void
nsRuleNode::PropagateNoneBit(uint32_t aBit, nsRuleNode* aHighestNode)
{
nsRuleNode* curr = this;
for (;;) {
NS_ASSERTION(!(curr->mNoneBits & aBit), "propagating too far");
curr->mNoneBits |= aBit;
if (curr == aHighestNode)
break;
curr = curr->mParent;
}
}
inline void
nsRuleNode::PropagateDependentBit(nsStyleStructID aSID, nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
void* aStruct)
{
NS_ASSERTION(aStruct, "expected struct");
uint32_t bit = nsCachedStyleData::GetBitForSID(aSID);
for (nsRuleNode* curr = this; curr != aHighestNode; curr = curr->mParent) {
if (curr->mDependentBits & bit) {
#ifdef DEBUG
while (curr != aHighestNode) {
NS_ASSERTION(curr->mDependentBits & bit, "bit not set");
curr = curr->mParent;
}
#endif
break;
}
curr->mDependentBits |= bit;
if (curr->IsUsedDirectly()) {
curr->mStyleData.SetStyleData(aSID, mPresContext, aStruct);
}
}
}
/*
* The following "Check" functions are used for determining what type of
* sharing can be used for the data on this rule node. MORE HERE...
*/
/*
* a callback function that that can revise the result of
* CheckSpecifiedProperties before finishing; aResult is the current
* result, and it returns the revised one.
*/
typedef nsRuleNode::RuleDetail
(* CheckCallbackFn)(const nsRuleData* aRuleData,
nsRuleNode::RuleDetail aResult);
/**
* @param aValue the value being examined
* @param aSpecifiedCount to be incremented by one if the value is specified
* @param aInheritedCount to be incremented by one if the value is set to inherit
* @param aUnsetCount to be incremented by one if the value is set to unset
*/
inline void
ExamineCSSValue(const nsCSSValue& aValue,
uint32_t& aSpecifiedCount,
uint32_t& aInheritedCount,
uint32_t& aUnsetCount)
{
if (aValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Null) {
++aSpecifiedCount;
if (aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Inherit) {
++aInheritedCount;
} else if (aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Unset) {
++aUnsetCount;
}
}
}
static nsRuleNode::RuleDetail
CheckFontCallback(const nsRuleData* aRuleData,
nsRuleNode::RuleDetail aResult)
{
// em, ex, percent, 'larger', and 'smaller' values on font-size depend
// on the parent context's font-size
// Likewise, 'lighter' and 'bolder' values of 'font-weight', and 'wider'
// and 'narrower' values of 'font-stretch' depend on the parent.
const nsCSSValue& size = *aRuleData->ValueForFontSize();
const nsCSSValue& weight = *aRuleData->ValueForFontWeight();
if ((size.IsRelativeLengthUnit() && size.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_RootEM) ||
size.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Percent ||
(size.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated &&
(size.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_FONT_SIZE_SMALLER ||
size.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_FONT_SIZE_LARGER)) ||
aRuleData->ValueForScriptLevel()->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Integer ||
(weight.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated &&
(weight.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_FONT_WEIGHT_BOLDER ||
weight.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_FONT_WEIGHT_LIGHTER))) {
NS_ASSERTION(aResult == nsRuleNode::eRulePartialReset ||
aResult == nsRuleNode::eRuleFullReset ||
aResult == nsRuleNode::eRulePartialMixed ||
aResult == nsRuleNode::eRuleFullMixed,
"we know we already have a reset-counted property");
// Promote reset to mixed since we have something that depends on
// the parent. But never promote to inherited since that could
// cause inheritance of the exact value.
if (aResult == nsRuleNode::eRulePartialReset)
aResult = nsRuleNode::eRulePartialMixed;
else if (aResult == nsRuleNode::eRuleFullReset)
aResult = nsRuleNode::eRuleFullMixed;
}
return aResult;
}
static nsRuleNode::RuleDetail
CheckColorCallback(const nsRuleData* aRuleData,
nsRuleNode::RuleDetail aResult)
{
// currentColor values for color require inheritance
const nsCSSValue* colorValue = aRuleData->ValueForColor();
if (colorValue->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_EnumColor &&
colorValue->GetIntValue() == NS_COLOR_CURRENTCOLOR) {
NS_ASSERTION(aResult == nsRuleNode::eRuleFullReset,
"we should already be counted as full-reset");
aResult = nsRuleNode::eRuleFullInherited;
}
return aResult;
}
static nsRuleNode::RuleDetail
CheckTextCallback(const nsRuleData* aRuleData,
nsRuleNode::RuleDetail aResult)
{
const nsCSSValue* textAlignValue = aRuleData->ValueForTextAlign();
if (textAlignValue->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated &&
textAlignValue->GetIntValue() ==
NS_STYLE_TEXT_ALIGN_MOZ_CENTER_OR_INHERIT) {
// Promote reset to mixed since we have something that depends on
// the parent.
if (aResult == nsRuleNode::eRulePartialReset)
aResult = nsRuleNode::eRulePartialMixed;
else if (aResult == nsRuleNode::eRuleFullReset)
aResult = nsRuleNode::eRuleFullMixed;
}
return aResult;
}
static nsRuleNode::RuleDetail
CheckVariablesCallback(const nsRuleData* aRuleData,
nsRuleNode::RuleDetail aResult)
{
// We don't actually have any properties on nsStyleVariables, so we do
// all of the RuleDetail calculation in here.
if (aRuleData->mVariables) {
return nsRuleNode::eRulePartialMixed;
}
return nsRuleNode::eRuleNone;
}
#define FLAG_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY(name_, id_, method_, flags_, pref_, \
parsevariant_, kwtable_, stylestructoffset_, \
animtype_) \
flags_,
// The order here must match the enums in *CheckCounter in nsCSSProps.cpp.
static const uint32_t gFontFlags[] = {
#define CSS_PROP_FONT FLAG_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
#undef CSS_PROP_FONT
};
static const uint32_t gDisplayFlags[] = {
#define CSS_PROP_DISPLAY FLAG_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
#undef CSS_PROP_DISPLAY
};
static const uint32_t gVisibilityFlags[] = {
#define CSS_PROP_VISIBILITY FLAG_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
#undef CSS_PROP_VISIBILITY
};
static const uint32_t gMarginFlags[] = {
#define CSS_PROP_MARGIN FLAG_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
#undef CSS_PROP_MARGIN
};
static const uint32_t gBorderFlags[] = {
#define CSS_PROP_BORDER FLAG_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
#undef CSS_PROP_BORDER
};
static const uint32_t gPaddingFlags[] = {
#define CSS_PROP_PADDING FLAG_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
#undef CSS_PROP_PADDING
};
static const uint32_t gOutlineFlags[] = {
#define CSS_PROP_OUTLINE FLAG_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
#undef CSS_PROP_OUTLINE
};
static const uint32_t gListFlags[] = {
#define CSS_PROP_LIST FLAG_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
#undef CSS_PROP_LIST
};
static const uint32_t gColorFlags[] = {
#define CSS_PROP_COLOR FLAG_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
#undef CSS_PROP_COLOR
};
static const uint32_t gBackgroundFlags[] = {
#define CSS_PROP_BACKGROUND FLAG_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
#undef CSS_PROP_BACKGROUND
};
static const uint32_t gPositionFlags[] = {
#define CSS_PROP_POSITION FLAG_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
#undef CSS_PROP_POSITION
};
static const uint32_t gTableFlags[] = {
#define CSS_PROP_TABLE FLAG_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
#undef CSS_PROP_TABLE
};
static const uint32_t gTableBorderFlags[] = {
#define CSS_PROP_TABLEBORDER FLAG_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
#undef CSS_PROP_TABLEBORDER
};
static const uint32_t gContentFlags[] = {
#define CSS_PROP_CONTENT FLAG_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
#undef CSS_PROP_CONTENT
};
static const uint32_t gQuotesFlags[] = {
#define CSS_PROP_QUOTES FLAG_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
#undef CSS_PROP_QUOTES
};
static const uint32_t gTextFlags[] = {
#define CSS_PROP_TEXT FLAG_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
#undef CSS_PROP_TEXT
};
static const uint32_t gTextResetFlags[] = {
#define CSS_PROP_TEXTRESET FLAG_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
#undef CSS_PROP_TEXTRESET
};
static const uint32_t gUserInterfaceFlags[] = {
#define CSS_PROP_USERINTERFACE FLAG_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
#undef CSS_PROP_USERINTERFACE
};
static const uint32_t gUIResetFlags[] = {
#define CSS_PROP_UIRESET FLAG_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
#undef CSS_PROP_UIRESET
};
static const uint32_t gXULFlags[] = {
#define CSS_PROP_XUL FLAG_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
#undef CSS_PROP_XUL
};
static const uint32_t gSVGFlags[] = {
#define CSS_PROP_SVG FLAG_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
#undef CSS_PROP_SVG
};
static const uint32_t gSVGResetFlags[] = {
#define CSS_PROP_SVGRESET FLAG_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
#undef CSS_PROP_SVGRESET
};
static const uint32_t gColumnFlags[] = {
#define CSS_PROP_COLUMN FLAG_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
#undef CSS_PROP_COLUMN
};
// There are no properties in nsStyleVariables, but we can't have a
// zero length array.
static const uint32_t gVariablesFlags[] = {
0,
#define CSS_PROP_VARIABLES FLAG_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
#undef CSS_PROP_VARIABLES
};
static_assert(sizeof(gVariablesFlags) == sizeof(uint32_t),
"if nsStyleVariables has properties now you can remove the dummy "
"gVariablesFlags entry");
#undef FLAG_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
static const uint32_t* gFlagsByStruct[] = {
#define STYLE_STRUCT(name, checkdata_cb) \
g##name##Flags,
#include "nsStyleStructList.h"
#undef STYLE_STRUCT
};
static const CheckCallbackFn gCheckCallbacks[] = {
#define STYLE_STRUCT(name, checkdata_cb) \
checkdata_cb,
#include "nsStyleStructList.h"
#undef STYLE_STRUCT
};
#ifdef DEBUG
static bool
AreAllMathMLPropertiesUndefined(const nsRuleData* aRuleData)
{
return
aRuleData->ValueForScriptLevel()->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null &&
aRuleData->ValueForScriptSizeMultiplier()->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null &&
aRuleData->ValueForScriptMinSize()->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null &&
aRuleData->ValueForMathVariant()->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null &&
aRuleData->ValueForMathDisplay()->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null;
}
#endif
inline nsRuleNode::RuleDetail
nsRuleNode::CheckSpecifiedProperties(const nsStyleStructID aSID,
const nsRuleData* aRuleData)
{
// Build a count of the:
uint32_t total = 0, // total number of props in the struct
specified = 0, // number that were specified for this node
inherited = 0, // number that were 'inherit' (and not
// eCSSUnit_Inherit) for this node
unset = 0; // number that were 'unset'
// See comment in nsRuleData.h above mValueOffsets.
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aRuleData->mValueOffsets[aSID] == 0,
"we assume the value offset is zero instead of adding it");
for (nsCSSValue *values = aRuleData->mValueStorage,
*values_end = values + nsCSSProps::PropertyCountInStruct(aSID);
values != values_end; ++values) {
++total;
ExamineCSSValue(*values, specified, inherited, unset);
}
if (!nsCachedStyleData::IsReset(aSID)) {
// For inherited properties, 'unset' means the same as 'inherit'.
inherited += unset;
unset = 0;
}
#if 0
printf("CheckSpecifiedProperties: SID=%d total=%d spec=%d inh=%d.\n",
aSID, total, specified, inherited);
#endif
NS_ASSERTION(aSID != eStyleStruct_Font ||
mPresContext->Document()->GetMathMLEnabled() ||
AreAllMathMLPropertiesUndefined(aRuleData),
"MathML style property was defined even though MathML is disabled");
/*
* Return the most specific information we can: prefer None or Full
* over Partial, and Reset or Inherited over Mixed, since we can
* optimize based on the edge cases and not the in-between cases.
*/
nsRuleNode::RuleDetail result;
if (inherited == total)
result = eRuleFullInherited;
else if (specified == total
// MathML defines 5 properties in Font that will never be set when
// MathML is not in use. Therefore if all but five
// properties have been set, and MathML is not enabled, we can treat
// this as fully specified. Code in nsMathMLElementFactory will
// rebuild the rule tree and style data when MathML is first enabled
// (see nsMathMLElement::BindToTree).
|| (aSID == eStyleStruct_Font && specified + 5 == total &&
!mPresContext->Document()->GetMathMLEnabled())
) {
if (inherited == 0)
result = eRuleFullReset;
else
result = eRuleFullMixed;
} else if (specified == 0)
result = eRuleNone;
else if (specified == inherited)
result = eRulePartialInherited;
else if (inherited == 0)
result = eRulePartialReset;
else
result = eRulePartialMixed;
CheckCallbackFn cb = gCheckCallbacks[aSID];
if (cb) {
result = (*cb)(aRuleData, result);
}
return result;
}
// If we need to restrict which properties apply to the style context,
// return the bit to check in nsCSSProp's flags table. Otherwise,
// return 0.
inline uint32_t
GetPseudoRestriction(nsStyleContext *aContext)
{
// This needs to match nsStyleSet::WalkRestrictionRule.
uint32_t pseudoRestriction = 0;
nsIAtom *pseudoType = aContext->GetPseudo();
if (pseudoType) {
if (pseudoType == nsCSSPseudoElements::firstLetter) {
pseudoRestriction = CSS_PROPERTY_APPLIES_TO_FIRST_LETTER;
} else if (pseudoType == nsCSSPseudoElements::firstLine) {
pseudoRestriction = CSS_PROPERTY_APPLIES_TO_FIRST_LINE;
} else if (pseudoType == nsCSSPseudoElements::mozPlaceholder) {
pseudoRestriction = CSS_PROPERTY_APPLIES_TO_PLACEHOLDER;
}
}
return pseudoRestriction;
}
static void
UnsetPropertiesWithoutFlags(const nsStyleStructID aSID,
nsRuleData* aRuleData,
uint32_t aFlags)
{
NS_ASSERTION(aFlags != 0, "aFlags must be nonzero");
const uint32_t *flagData = gFlagsByStruct[aSID];
// See comment in nsRuleData.h above mValueOffsets.
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aRuleData->mValueOffsets[aSID] == 0,
"we assume the value offset is zero instead of adding it");
nsCSSValue *values = aRuleData->mValueStorage;
for (size_t i = 0, i_end = nsCSSProps::PropertyCountInStruct(aSID);
i != i_end; ++i) {
if ((flagData[i] & aFlags) != aFlags)
values[i].Reset();
}
}
/**
* We allocate arrays of CSS values with alloca. (These arrays are a
* fixed size per style struct, but we don't want to waste the
* allocation and construction/destruction costs of the big structs when
* we're handling much smaller ones.) Since the lifetime of an alloca
* allocation is the life of the calling function, the caller must call
* alloca. However, to ensure that constructors and destructors are
* balanced, we do the constructor and destructor calling from this RAII
* class, AutoCSSValueArray.
*/
struct AutoCSSValueArray {
/**
* aStorage must be the result of alloca(aCount * sizeof(nsCSSValue))
*/
AutoCSSValueArray(void* aStorage, size_t aCount) {
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(size_t(aStorage) % NS_ALIGNMENT_OF(nsCSSValue) == 0,
"bad alignment from alloca");
mCount = aCount;
// Don't use placement new[], since it might store extra data
// for the count (on Windows!).
mArray = static_cast<nsCSSValue*>(aStorage);
for (size_t i = 0; i < mCount; ++i) {
new (mArray + i) nsCSSValue();
}
}
~AutoCSSValueArray() {
for (size_t i = 0; i < mCount; ++i) {
mArray[i].~nsCSSValue();
}
}
nsCSSValue* get() { return mArray; }
private:
nsCSSValue *mArray;
size_t mCount;
};
/* static */ bool
nsRuleNode::ResolveVariableReferences(const nsStyleStructID aSID,
nsRuleData* aRuleData,
nsStyleContext* aContext)
{
MOZ_ASSERT(aSID != eStyleStruct_Variables);
MOZ_ASSERT(aRuleData->mSIDs & nsCachedStyleData::GetBitForSID(aSID));
MOZ_ASSERT(aRuleData->mValueOffsets[aSID] == 0);
nsCSSParser parser;
bool anyTokenStreams = false;
// Look at each property in the nsRuleData for the given style struct.
size_t nprops = nsCSSProps::PropertyCountInStruct(aSID);
for (nsCSSValue* value = aRuleData->mValueStorage,
*values_end = aRuleData->mValueStorage + nprops;
value != values_end; value++) {
if (value->GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_TokenStream) {
continue;
}
const CSSVariableValues* variables =
&aContext->StyleVariables()->mVariables;
nsCSSValueTokenStream* tokenStream = value->GetTokenStreamValue();
// XXX Should pass in sheet here (see bug 952338).
parser.ParsePropertyWithVariableReferences(
tokenStream->mPropertyID, tokenStream->mShorthandPropertyID,
tokenStream->mTokenStream, variables, aRuleData,
tokenStream->mSheetURI, tokenStream->mBaseURI,
tokenStream->mSheetPrincipal, nullptr,
tokenStream->mLineNumber, tokenStream->mLineOffset);
aRuleData->mCanStoreInRuleTree = false;
anyTokenStreams = true;
}
return anyTokenStreams;
}
const void*
nsRuleNode::WalkRuleTree(const nsStyleStructID aSID,
nsStyleContext* aContext)
{
// use placement new[] on the result of alloca() to allocate a
// variable-sized stack array, including execution of constructors,
// and use an RAII class to run the destructors too.
size_t nprops = nsCSSProps::PropertyCountInStruct(aSID);
void* dataStorage = alloca(nprops * sizeof(nsCSSValue));
AutoCSSValueArray dataArray(dataStorage, nprops);
nsRuleData ruleData(nsCachedStyleData::GetBitForSID(aSID),
dataArray.get(), mPresContext, aContext);
ruleData.mValueOffsets[aSID] = 0;
// We start at the most specific rule in the tree.
void* startStruct = nullptr;
nsRuleNode* ruleNode = this;
nsRuleNode* highestNode = nullptr; // The highest node in the rule tree
// that has the same properties
// specified for struct |aSID| as
// |this| does.
nsRuleNode* rootNode = this; // After the loop below, this will be the
// highest node that we've walked without
// finding cached data on the rule tree.
// If we don't find any cached data, it
// will be the root. (XXX misnamed)
RuleDetail detail = eRuleNone;
uint32_t bit = nsCachedStyleData::GetBitForSID(aSID);
while (ruleNode) {
// See if this rule node has cached the fact that the remaining
// nodes along this path specify no data whatsoever.
if (ruleNode->mNoneBits & bit)
break;
// If the dependent bit is set on a rule node for this struct, that
// means its rule won't have any information to add, so skip it.
// NOTE: If we exit the loop because of the !IsUsedDirectly() check,
// then we're guaranteed to break immediately afterwards due to a
// non-null startStruct.
while ((ruleNode->mDependentBits & bit) && !ruleNode->IsUsedDirectly()) {
NS_ASSERTION(ruleNode->mStyleData.GetStyleData(aSID) == nullptr,
"dependent bit with cached data makes no sense");
// Climb up to the next rule in the tree (a less specific rule).
rootNode = ruleNode;
ruleNode = ruleNode->mParent;
NS_ASSERTION(!(ruleNode->mNoneBits & bit), "can't have both bits set");
}
// Check for cached data after the inner loop above -- otherwise
// we'll miss it.
startStruct = ruleNode->mStyleData.GetStyleData(aSID);
if (startStruct)
break; // We found a rule with fully specified data. We don't
// need to go up the tree any further, since the remainder
// of this branch has already been computed.
// Ask the rule to fill in the properties that it specifies.
nsIStyleRule *rule = ruleNode->mRule;
if (rule) {
ruleData.mLevel = ruleNode->GetLevel();
ruleData.mIsImportantRule = ruleNode->IsImportantRule();
rule->MapRuleInfoInto(&ruleData);
}
// Now we check to see how many properties have been specified by
// the rules we've examined so far.
RuleDetail oldDetail = detail;
detail = CheckSpecifiedProperties(aSID, &ruleData);
if (oldDetail == eRuleNone && detail != eRuleNone)
highestNode = ruleNode;
if (detail == eRuleFullReset ||
detail == eRuleFullMixed ||
detail == eRuleFullInherited)
break; // We don't need to examine any more rules. All properties
// have been fully specified.
// Climb up to the next rule in the tree (a less specific rule).
rootNode = ruleNode;
ruleNode = ruleNode->mParent;
}
bool recomputeDetail = false;
// If we are computing a style struct other than nsStyleVariables, and
// ruleData has any properties with variable references (nsCSSValues of
// type eCSSUnit_TokenStream), then we need to resolve these.
if (aSID != eStyleStruct_Variables) {
// A property's value might have became 'inherit' after resolving
// variable references. (This happens when an inherited property
// fails to parse its resolved value.) We need to recompute
// |detail| in case this happened.
recomputeDetail = ResolveVariableReferences(aSID, &ruleData, aContext);
}
// If needed, unset the properties that don't have a flag that allows
// them to be set for this style context. (For example, only some
// properties apply to :first-line and :first-letter.)
uint32_t pseudoRestriction = GetPseudoRestriction(aContext);
if (pseudoRestriction) {
UnsetPropertiesWithoutFlags(aSID, &ruleData, pseudoRestriction);
// We need to recompute |detail| based on the restrictions we just applied.
// We can adjust |detail| arbitrarily because of the restriction
// rule added in nsStyleSet::WalkRestrictionRule.
recomputeDetail = true;
}
if (recomputeDetail) {
detail = CheckSpecifiedProperties(aSID, &ruleData);
}
NS_ASSERTION(!startStruct || (detail != eRuleFullReset &&
detail != eRuleFullMixed &&
detail != eRuleFullInherited),
"can't have start struct and be fully specified");
bool isReset = nsCachedStyleData::IsReset(aSID);
if (!highestNode)
highestNode = rootNode;
if (!ruleData.mCanStoreInRuleTree)
detail = eRulePartialMixed; // Treat as though some data is specified to avoid
// the optimizations and force data computation.
if (detail == eRuleNone && startStruct) {
// We specified absolutely no rule information, but a parent rule in the tree
// specified all the rule information. We set a bit along the branch from our
// node in the tree to the node that specified the data that tells nodes on that
// branch that they never need to examine their rules for this particular struct type
// ever again.
PropagateDependentBit(aSID, ruleNode, startStruct);
return startStruct;
}
if ((!startStruct && !isReset &&
(detail == eRuleNone || detail == eRulePartialInherited)) ||
detail == eRuleFullInherited) {
// We specified no non-inherited information and neither did any of
// our parent rules.
// We set a bit along the branch from the highest node (ruleNode)
// down to our node (this) indicating that no non-inherited data was
// specified. This bit is guaranteed to be set already on the path
// from the highest node to the root node in the case where
// (detail == eRuleNone), which is the most common case here.
// We must check |!isReset| because the Compute*Data functions for
// reset structs wouldn't handle none bits correctly.
if (highestNode != this && !isReset)
PropagateNoneBit(bit, highestNode);
// All information must necessarily be inherited from our parent style context.
// In the absence of any computed data in the rule tree and with
// no rules specified that didn't have values of 'inherit', we should check our parent.
nsStyleContext* parentContext = aContext->GetParent();
if (isReset) {
/* Reset structs don't inherit from first-line. */
/* See similar code in COMPUTE_START_RESET */
while (parentContext &&
parentContext->GetPseudo() == nsCSSPseudoElements::firstLine) {
parentContext = parentContext->GetParent();
}
}
if (parentContext) {
// We have a parent, and so we should just inherit from the parent.
// Set the inherit bits on our context. These bits tell the style context that
// it never has to go back to the rule tree for data. Instead the style context tree
// should be walked to find the data.
const void* parentStruct = parentContext->StyleData(aSID);
aContext->AddStyleBit(bit); // makes const_cast OK.
aContext->SetStyle(aSID, const_cast<void*>(parentStruct));
return parentStruct;
}
else
// We are the root. In the case of fonts, the default values just
// come from the pres context.
return SetDefaultOnRoot(aSID, aContext);
}
// We need to compute the data from the information that the rules specified.
const void* res;
#define STYLE_STRUCT_TEST aSID
#define STYLE_STRUCT(name, checkdata_cb) \
res = Compute##name##Data(startStruct, &ruleData, aContext, \
highestNode, detail, ruleData.mCanStoreInRuleTree);
#include "nsStyleStructList.h"
#undef STYLE_STRUCT
#undef STYLE_STRUCT_TEST
// Now return the result.
return res;
}
const void*
nsRuleNode::SetDefaultOnRoot(const nsStyleStructID aSID, nsStyleContext* aContext)
{
switch (aSID) {
case eStyleStruct_Font:
{
nsStyleFont* fontData = new (mPresContext) nsStyleFont(mPresContext);
nscoord minimumFontSize = mPresContext->MinFontSize(fontData->mLanguage);
if (minimumFontSize > 0 && !mPresContext->IsChrome()) {
fontData->mFont.size = std::max(fontData->mSize, minimumFontSize);
}
else {
fontData->mFont.size = fontData->mSize;
}
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Font, fontData);
return fontData;
}
case eStyleStruct_Display:
{
nsStyleDisplay* disp = new (mPresContext) nsStyleDisplay();
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Display, disp);
return disp;
}
case eStyleStruct_Visibility:
{
nsStyleVisibility* vis = new (mPresContext) nsStyleVisibility(mPresContext);
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Visibility, vis);
return vis;
}
case eStyleStruct_Text:
{
nsStyleText* text = new (mPresContext) nsStyleText();
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Text, text);
return text;
}
case eStyleStruct_TextReset:
{
nsStyleTextReset* text = new (mPresContext) nsStyleTextReset();
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_TextReset, text);
return text;
}
case eStyleStruct_Color:
{
nsStyleColor* color = new (mPresContext) nsStyleColor(mPresContext);
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Color, color);
return color;
}
case eStyleStruct_Background:
{
nsStyleBackground* bg = new (mPresContext) nsStyleBackground();
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Background, bg);
return bg;
}
case eStyleStruct_Margin:
{
nsStyleMargin* margin = new (mPresContext) nsStyleMargin();
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Margin, margin);
return margin;
}
case eStyleStruct_Border:
{
nsStyleBorder* border = new (mPresContext) nsStyleBorder(mPresContext);
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Border, border);
return border;
}
case eStyleStruct_Padding:
{
nsStylePadding* padding = new (mPresContext) nsStylePadding();
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Padding, padding);
return padding;
}
case eStyleStruct_Outline:
{
nsStyleOutline* outline = new (mPresContext) nsStyleOutline(mPresContext);
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Outline, outline);
return outline;
}
case eStyleStruct_List:
{
nsStyleList* list = new (mPresContext) nsStyleList();
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_List, list);
return list;
}
case eStyleStruct_Position:
{
nsStylePosition* pos = new (mPresContext) nsStylePosition();
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Position, pos);
return pos;
}
case eStyleStruct_Table:
{
nsStyleTable* table = new (mPresContext) nsStyleTable();
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Table, table);
return table;
}
case eStyleStruct_TableBorder:
{
nsStyleTableBorder* table = new (mPresContext) nsStyleTableBorder(mPresContext);
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_TableBorder, table);
return table;
}
case eStyleStruct_Content:
{
nsStyleContent* content = new (mPresContext) nsStyleContent();
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Content, content);
return content;
}
case eStyleStruct_Quotes:
{
nsStyleQuotes* quotes = new (mPresContext) nsStyleQuotes();
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Quotes, quotes);
return quotes;
}
case eStyleStruct_UserInterface:
{
nsStyleUserInterface* ui = new (mPresContext) nsStyleUserInterface();
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_UserInterface, ui);
return ui;
}
case eStyleStruct_UIReset:
{
nsStyleUIReset* ui = new (mPresContext) nsStyleUIReset();
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_UIReset, ui);
return ui;
}
case eStyleStruct_XUL:
{
nsStyleXUL* xul = new (mPresContext) nsStyleXUL();
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_XUL, xul);
return xul;
}
case eStyleStruct_Column:
{
nsStyleColumn* column = new (mPresContext) nsStyleColumn(mPresContext);
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Column, column);
return column;
}
case eStyleStruct_SVG:
{
nsStyleSVG* svg = new (mPresContext) nsStyleSVG();
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_SVG, svg);
return svg;
}
case eStyleStruct_SVGReset:
{
nsStyleSVGReset* svgReset = new (mPresContext) nsStyleSVGReset();
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_SVGReset, svgReset);
return svgReset;
}
case eStyleStruct_Variables:
{
nsStyleVariables* vars = new (mPresContext) nsStyleVariables();
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Variables, vars);
return vars;
}
default:
/*
* unhandled case: nsStyleStructID_Length.
* last item of nsStyleStructID, to know its length.
*/
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(false, "unexpected SID");
return nullptr;
}
return nullptr;
}
/*
* This function handles cascading of *-left or *-right box properties
* against *-start (which is L for LTR and R for RTL) or *-end (which is
* R for LTR and L for RTL).
*
* Cascading these properties correctly is hard because we need to
* cascade two properties as one, but which two properties depends on a
* third property ('direction'). We solve this by treating each of
* these properties (say, 'margin-start') as a shorthand that sets a
* property containing the value of the property specified
* ('margin-start-value') and sets a pair of properties
* ('margin-left-ltr-source' and 'margin-right-rtl-source') saying which
* of the properties we use. Thus, when we want to compute the value of
* 'margin-left' when 'direction' is 'ltr', we look at the value of
* 'margin-left-ltr-source', which tells us whether to use the highest
* 'margin-left' in the cascade or the highest 'margin-start'.
*
* Finally, since we can compute the normal (*-left and *-right)
* properties in a loop, this function works by modifying the data we
* will use in that loop (which the caller must copy from the const
* input).
*/
void
nsRuleNode::AdjustLogicalBoxProp(nsStyleContext* aContext,
const nsCSSValue& aLTRSource,
const nsCSSValue& aRTLSource,
const nsCSSValue& aLTRLogicalValue,
const nsCSSValue& aRTLLogicalValue,
mozilla::css::Side aSide,
nsCSSRect& aValueRect,
bool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
bool LTRlogical = aLTRSource.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated &&
aLTRSource.GetIntValue() == NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_LOGICAL;
bool RTLlogical = aRTLSource.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated &&
aRTLSource.GetIntValue() == NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_LOGICAL;
if (LTRlogical || RTLlogical) {
// We can't cache anything on the rule tree if we use any data from
// the style context, since data cached in the rule tree could be
// used with a style context with a different value.
aCanStoreInRuleTree = false;
uint8_t dir = aContext->StyleVisibility()->mDirection;
if (dir == NS_STYLE_DIRECTION_LTR) {
if (LTRlogical)
aValueRect.*(nsCSSRect::sides[aSide]) = aLTRLogicalValue;
} else {
if (RTLlogical)
aValueRect.*(nsCSSRect::sides[aSide]) = aRTLLogicalValue;
}
} else if (aLTRLogicalValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Inherit ||
aRTLLogicalValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Inherit) {
// It actually is valid to store this in the ruletree, since
// LTRlogical and RTLlogical are both false, but doing that will
// trigger asserts. Silence those.
aCanStoreInRuleTree = false;
}
}
/**
* Begin an nsRuleNode::Compute*Data function for an inherited struct.
*
* @param type_ The nsStyle* type this function computes.
* @param ctorargs_ The arguments used for the default nsStyle* constructor.
* @param data_ Variable (declared here) holding the result of this
* function.
* @param parentdata_ Variable (declared here) holding the parent style
* context's data for this struct.
*/
#define COMPUTE_START_INHERITED(type_, ctorargs_, data_, parentdata_) \
NS_ASSERTION(aRuleDetail != eRuleFullInherited, \
"should not have bothered calling Compute*Data"); \
\
nsStyleContext* parentContext = aContext->GetParent(); \
\
nsStyle##type_* data_ = nullptr; \
mozilla::Maybe<nsStyle##type_> maybeFakeParentData; \
const nsStyle##type_* parentdata_ = nullptr; \
bool canStoreInRuleTree = aCanStoreInRuleTree; \
\
/* If |canStoreInRuleTree| might be true by the time we're done, we */ \
/* can't call parentContext->Style##type_() since it could recur into */ \
/* setting the same struct on the same rule node, causing a leak. */ \
if (aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset && \
(!aStartStruct || (aRuleDetail != eRulePartialReset && \
aRuleDetail != eRuleNone))) { \
if (parentContext) { \
parentdata_ = parentContext->Style##type_(); \
} else { \
maybeFakeParentData.construct ctorargs_; \
parentdata_ = maybeFakeParentData.addr(); \
} \
} \
if (aStartStruct) \
/* We only need to compute the delta between this computed data and */ \
/* our computed data. */ \
data_ = new (mPresContext) \
nsStyle##type_(*static_cast<nsStyle##type_*>(aStartStruct)); \
else { \
if (aRuleDetail != eRuleFullMixed && aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset) { \
/* No question. We will have to inherit. Go ahead and init */ \
/* with inherited vals from parent. */ \
canStoreInRuleTree = false; \
if (parentdata_) \
data_ = new (mPresContext) nsStyle##type_(*parentdata_); \
else \
data_ = new (mPresContext) nsStyle##type_ ctorargs_; \
} \
else \
data_ = new (mPresContext) nsStyle##type_ ctorargs_; \
} \
\
if (!parentdata_) \
parentdata_ = data_;
/**
* Begin an nsRuleNode::Compute*Data function for a reset struct.
*
* @param type_ The nsStyle* type this function computes.
* @param ctorargs_ The arguments used for the default nsStyle* constructor.
* @param data_ Variable (declared here) holding the result of this
* function.
* @param parentdata_ Variable (declared here) holding the parent style
* context's data for this struct.
*/
#define COMPUTE_START_RESET(type_, ctorargs_, data_, parentdata_) \
NS_ASSERTION(aRuleDetail != eRuleFullInherited, \
"should not have bothered calling Compute*Data"); \
\
nsStyleContext* parentContext = aContext->GetParent(); \
/* Reset structs don't inherit from first-line */ \
/* See similar code in WalkRuleTree */ \
while (parentContext && \
parentContext->GetPseudo() == nsCSSPseudoElements::firstLine) { \
parentContext = parentContext->GetParent(); \
} \
\
nsStyle##type_* data_; \
if (aStartStruct) \
/* We only need to compute the delta between this computed data and */ \
/* our computed data. */ \
data_ = new (mPresContext) \
nsStyle##type_(*static_cast<nsStyle##type_*>(aStartStruct)); \
else \
data_ = new (mPresContext) nsStyle##type_ ctorargs_; \
\
/* If |canStoreInRuleTree| might be true by the time we're done, we */ \
/* can't call parentContext->Style##type_() since it could recur into */ \
/* setting the same struct on the same rule node, causing a leak. */ \
mozilla::Maybe<nsStyle##type_> maybeFakeParentData; \
const nsStyle##type_* parentdata_ = data_; \
if (aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset && \
aRuleDetail != eRulePartialReset && \
aRuleDetail != eRuleNone) { \
if (parentContext) { \
parentdata_ = parentContext->Style##type_(); \
} else { \
maybeFakeParentData.construct ctorargs_; \
parentdata_ = maybeFakeParentData.addr(); \
} \
} \
bool canStoreInRuleTree = aCanStoreInRuleTree;
/**
* End an nsRuleNode::Compute*Data function for an inherited struct.
*
* @param type_ The nsStyle* type this function computes.
* @param data_ Variable holding the result of this function.
*/
#define COMPUTE_END_INHERITED(type_, data_) \
NS_POSTCONDITION(!canStoreInRuleTree || aRuleDetail == eRuleFullReset || \
(aStartStruct && aRuleDetail == eRulePartialReset), \
"canStoreInRuleTree must be false for inherited structs " \
"unless all properties have been specified with values " \
"other than inherit"); \
if (canStoreInRuleTree) { \
/* We were fully specified and can therefore be cached right on the */ \
/* rule node. */ \
if (!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData) { \
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData = \
new (mPresContext) nsInheritedStyleData; \
} \
NS_ASSERTION(!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData-> \
mStyleStructs[eStyleStruct_##type_], \
"Going to leak style data"); \
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData-> \
mStyleStructs[eStyleStruct_##type_] = data_; \
/* Propagate the bit down. */ \
PropagateDependentBit(eStyleStruct_##type_, aHighestNode, data_); \
/* Tell the style context that it doesn't own the data */ \
aContext-> \
AddStyleBit(nsCachedStyleData::GetBitForSID(eStyleStruct_##type_)); \
} \
/* Always cache inherited data on the style context */ \
aContext->SetStyle##type_(data_); \
\
return data_;
/**
* End an nsRuleNode::Compute*Data function for a reset struct.
*
* @param type_ The nsStyle* type this function computes.
* @param data_ Variable holding the result of this function.
*/
#define COMPUTE_END_RESET(type_, data_) \
NS_POSTCONDITION(!canStoreInRuleTree || \
aRuleDetail == eRuleNone || \
aRuleDetail == eRulePartialReset || \
aRuleDetail == eRuleFullReset, \
"canStoreInRuleTree must be false for reset structs " \
"if any properties were specified as inherit"); \
if (!canStoreInRuleTree) \
/* We can't be cached in the rule node. We have to be put right */ \
/* on the style context. */ \
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_##type_, data_); \
else { \
/* We were fully specified and can therefore be cached right on the */ \
/* rule node. */ \
if (!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData) { \
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData = \
new (mPresContext) nsResetStyleData; \
} \
NS_ASSERTION(!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData-> \
mStyleStructs[eStyleStruct_##type_], \
"Going to leak style data"); \
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData-> \
mStyleStructs[eStyleStruct_##type_] = data_; \
/* Propagate the bit down. */ \
PropagateDependentBit(eStyleStruct_##type_, aHighestNode, data_); \
} \
\
return data_;
// This function figures out how much scaling should be suppressed to
// satisfy scriptminsize. This is our attempt to implement
// http://www.w3.org/TR/MathML2/chapter3.html#id.3.3.4.2.2
// This is called after mScriptLevel, mScriptMinSize and mScriptSizeMultiplier
// have been set in aFont.
//
// Here are the invariants we enforce:
// 1) A decrease in size must not reduce the size below minscriptsize.
// 2) An increase in size must not increase the size above the size we would
// have if minscriptsize had not been applied anywhere.
// 3) The scriptlevel-induced size change must between 1.0 and the parent's
// scriptsizemultiplier^(new script level - old script level), as close to the
// latter as possible subject to constraints 1 and 2.
static nscoord
ComputeScriptLevelSize(const nsStyleFont* aFont, const nsStyleFont* aParentFont,
nsPresContext* aPresContext, nscoord* aUnconstrainedSize)
{
int32_t scriptLevelChange =
aFont->mScriptLevel - aParentFont->mScriptLevel;
if (scriptLevelChange == 0) {
*aUnconstrainedSize = aParentFont->mScriptUnconstrainedSize;
// Constraint #3 says that we cannot change size, and #1 and #2 are always
// satisfied with no change. It's important this be fast because it covers
// all non-MathML content.
return aParentFont->mSize;
}
// Compute actual value of minScriptSize
nscoord minScriptSize = aParentFont->mScriptMinSize;
if (aFont->mAllowZoom) {
minScriptSize = nsStyleFont::ZoomText(aPresContext, minScriptSize);
}
double scriptLevelScale =
pow(aParentFont->mScriptSizeMultiplier, scriptLevelChange);
// Compute the size we would have had if minscriptsize had never been
// applied, also prevent overflow (bug 413274)
*aUnconstrainedSize =
NSToCoordRound(std::min(aParentFont->mScriptUnconstrainedSize*scriptLevelScale,
double(nscoord_MAX)));
// Compute the size we could get via scriptlevel change
nscoord scriptLevelSize =
NSToCoordRound(std::min(aParentFont->mSize*scriptLevelScale,
double(nscoord_MAX)));
if (scriptLevelScale <= 1.0) {
if (aParentFont->mSize <= minScriptSize) {
// We can't decrease the font size at all, so just stick to no change
// (authors are allowed to explicitly set the font size smaller than
// minscriptsize)
return aParentFont->mSize;
}
// We can decrease, so apply constraint #1
return std::max(minScriptSize, scriptLevelSize);
} else {
// scriptminsize can only make sizes larger than the unconstrained size
NS_ASSERTION(*aUnconstrainedSize <= scriptLevelSize, "How can this ever happen?");
// Apply constraint #2
return std::min(scriptLevelSize, std::max(*aUnconstrainedSize, minScriptSize));
}
}
/* static */ nscoord
nsRuleNode::CalcFontPointSize(int32_t aHTMLSize, int32_t aBasePointSize,
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
nsFontSizeType aFontSizeType)
{
#define sFontSizeTableMin 9
#define sFontSizeTableMax 16
// This table seems to be the one used by MacIE5. We hope its adoption in Mozilla
// and eventually in WinIE5.5 will help to establish a standard rendering across
// platforms and browsers. For now, it is used only in Strict mode. More can be read
// in the document written by Todd Farhner at:
// http://style.verso.com/font_size_intervals/altintervals.html
//
static int32_t sStrictFontSizeTable[sFontSizeTableMax - sFontSizeTableMin + 1][8] =
{
{ 9, 9, 9, 9, 11, 14, 18, 27},
{ 9, 9, 9, 10, 12, 15, 20, 30},
{ 9, 9, 10, 11, 13, 17, 22, 33},
{ 9, 9, 10, 12, 14, 18, 24, 36},
{ 9, 10, 12, 13, 16, 20, 26, 39},
{ 9, 10, 12, 14, 17, 21, 28, 42},
{ 9, 10, 13, 15, 18, 23, 30, 45},
{ 9, 10, 13, 16, 18, 24, 32, 48}
};
// HTML 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
// CSS xxs xs s m l xl xxl
// |
// user pref
//
//------------------------------------------------------------
//
// This table gives us compatibility with WinNav4 for the default fonts only.
// In WinNav4, the default fonts were:
//
// Times/12pt == Times/16px at 96ppi
// Courier/10pt == Courier/13px at 96ppi
//
// The 2 lines below marked "anchored" have the exact pixel sizes used by
// WinNav4 for Times/12pt and Courier/10pt at 96ppi. As you can see, the
// HTML size 3 (user pref) for those 2 anchored lines is 13px and 16px.
//
// All values other than the anchored values were filled in by hand, never
// going below 9px, and maintaining a "diagonal" relationship. See for
// example the 13s -- they follow a diagonal line through the table.
//
static int32_t sQuirksFontSizeTable[sFontSizeTableMax - sFontSizeTableMin + 1][8] =
{
{ 9, 9, 9, 9, 11, 14, 18, 28 },
{ 9, 9, 9, 10, 12, 15, 20, 31 },
{ 9, 9, 9, 11, 13, 17, 22, 34 },
{ 9, 9, 10, 12, 14, 18, 24, 37 },
{ 9, 9, 10, 13, 16, 20, 26, 40 }, // anchored (13)
{ 9, 9, 11, 14, 17, 21, 28, 42 },
{ 9, 10, 12, 15, 17, 23, 30, 45 },
{ 9, 10, 13, 16, 18, 24, 32, 48 } // anchored (16)
};
// HTML 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
// CSS xxs xs s m l xl xxl
// |
// user pref
#if 0
//
// These are the exact pixel values used by WinIE5 at 96ppi.
//
{ ?, 8, 11, 12, 13, 16, 21, 32 }, // smallest
{ ?, 9, 12, 13, 16, 21, 27, 40 }, // smaller
{ ?, 10, 13, 16, 18, 24, 32, 48 }, // medium
{ ?, 13, 16, 19, 21, 27, 37, ?? }, // larger
{ ?, 16, 19, 21, 24, 32, 43, ?? } // largest
//
// HTML 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
// CSS ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
//
// (CSS not tested yet.)
//
#endif
static int32_t sFontSizeFactors[8] = { 60,75,89,100,120,150,200,300 };
static int32_t sCSSColumns[7] = {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}; // xxs...xxl
static int32_t sHTMLColumns[7] = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7}; // 1...7
double dFontSize;
if (aFontSizeType == eFontSize_HTML) {
aHTMLSize--; // input as 1-7
}
if (aHTMLSize < 0)
aHTMLSize = 0;
else if (aHTMLSize > 6)
aHTMLSize = 6;
int32_t* column;
switch (aFontSizeType)
{
case eFontSize_HTML: column = sHTMLColumns; break;
case eFontSize_CSS: column = sCSSColumns; break;
}
// Make special call specifically for fonts (needed PrintPreview)
int32_t fontSize = nsPresContext::AppUnitsToIntCSSPixels(aBasePointSize);
if ((fontSize >= sFontSizeTableMin) && (fontSize <= sFontSizeTableMax))
{
int32_t row = fontSize - sFontSizeTableMin;
if (aPresContext->CompatibilityMode() == eCompatibility_NavQuirks) {
dFontSize = nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(sQuirksFontSizeTable[row][column[aHTMLSize]]);
} else {
dFontSize = nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(sStrictFontSizeTable[row][column[aHTMLSize]]);
}
}
else
{
int32_t factor = sFontSizeFactors[column[aHTMLSize]];
dFontSize = (factor * aBasePointSize) / 100;
}
if (1.0 < dFontSize) {
return (nscoord)dFontSize;
}
return (nscoord)1;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/* static */ nscoord
nsRuleNode::FindNextSmallerFontSize(nscoord aFontSize, int32_t aBasePointSize,
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
nsFontSizeType aFontSizeType)
{
int32_t index;
int32_t indexMin;
int32_t indexMax;
float relativePosition;
nscoord smallerSize;
nscoord indexFontSize = aFontSize; // XXX initialize to quell a spurious gcc3.2 warning
nscoord smallestIndexFontSize;
nscoord largestIndexFontSize;
nscoord smallerIndexFontSize;
nscoord largerIndexFontSize;
nscoord onePx = nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(1);
if (aFontSizeType == eFontSize_HTML) {
indexMin = 1;
indexMax = 7;
} else {
indexMin = 0;
indexMax = 6;
}
smallestIndexFontSize = CalcFontPointSize(indexMin, aBasePointSize, aPresContext, aFontSizeType);
largestIndexFontSize = CalcFontPointSize(indexMax, aBasePointSize, aPresContext, aFontSizeType);
if (aFontSize > smallestIndexFontSize) {
if (aFontSize < NSToCoordRound(float(largestIndexFontSize) * 1.5)) { // smaller will be in HTML table
// find largest index smaller than current
for (index = indexMax; index >= indexMin; index--) {
indexFontSize = CalcFontPointSize(index, aBasePointSize, aPresContext, aFontSizeType);
if (indexFontSize < aFontSize)
break;
}
// set up points beyond table for interpolation purposes
if (indexFontSize == smallestIndexFontSize) {
smallerIndexFontSize = indexFontSize - onePx;
largerIndexFontSize = CalcFontPointSize(index+1, aBasePointSize, aPresContext, aFontSizeType);
} else if (indexFontSize == largestIndexFontSize) {
smallerIndexFontSize = CalcFontPointSize(index-1, aBasePointSize, aPresContext, aFontSizeType);
largerIndexFontSize = NSToCoordRound(float(largestIndexFontSize) * 1.5);
} else {
smallerIndexFontSize = CalcFontPointSize(index-1, aBasePointSize, aPresContext, aFontSizeType);
largerIndexFontSize = CalcFontPointSize(index+1, aBasePointSize, aPresContext, aFontSizeType);
}
// compute the relative position of the parent size between the two closest indexed sizes
relativePosition = float(aFontSize - indexFontSize) / float(largerIndexFontSize - indexFontSize);
// set the new size to have the same relative position between the next smallest two indexed sizes
smallerSize = smallerIndexFontSize + NSToCoordRound(relativePosition * (indexFontSize - smallerIndexFontSize));
}
else { // larger than HTML table, drop by 33%
smallerSize = NSToCoordRound(float(aFontSize) / 1.5);
}
}
else { // smaller than HTML table, drop by 1px
smallerSize = std::max(aFontSize - onePx, onePx);
}
return smallerSize;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/* static */ nscoord
nsRuleNode::FindNextLargerFontSize(nscoord aFontSize, int32_t aBasePointSize,
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
nsFontSizeType aFontSizeType)
{
int32_t index;
int32_t indexMin;
int32_t indexMax;
float relativePosition;
nscoord adjustment;
nscoord largerSize;
nscoord indexFontSize = aFontSize; // XXX initialize to quell a spurious gcc3.2 warning
nscoord smallestIndexFontSize;
nscoord largestIndexFontSize;
nscoord smallerIndexFontSize;
nscoord largerIndexFontSize;
nscoord onePx = nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(1);
if (aFontSizeType == eFontSize_HTML) {
indexMin = 1;
indexMax = 7;
} else {
indexMin = 0;
indexMax = 6;
}
smallestIndexFontSize = CalcFontPointSize(indexMin, aBasePointSize, aPresContext, aFontSizeType);
largestIndexFontSize = CalcFontPointSize(indexMax, aBasePointSize, aPresContext, aFontSizeType);
if (aFontSize > (smallestIndexFontSize - onePx)) {
if (aFontSize < largestIndexFontSize) { // larger will be in HTML table
// find smallest index larger than current
for (index = indexMin; index <= indexMax; index++) {
indexFontSize = CalcFontPointSize(index, aBasePointSize, aPresContext, aFontSizeType);
if (indexFontSize > aFontSize)
break;
}
// set up points beyond table for interpolation purposes
if (indexFontSize == smallestIndexFontSize) {
smallerIndexFontSize = indexFontSize - onePx;
largerIndexFontSize = CalcFontPointSize(index+1, aBasePointSize, aPresContext, aFontSizeType);
} else if (indexFontSize == largestIndexFontSize) {
smallerIndexFontSize = CalcFontPointSize(index-1, aBasePointSize, aPresContext, aFontSizeType);
largerIndexFontSize = NSCoordSaturatingMultiply(largestIndexFontSize, 1.5);
} else {
smallerIndexFontSize = CalcFontPointSize(index-1, aBasePointSize, aPresContext, aFontSizeType);
largerIndexFontSize = CalcFontPointSize(index+1, aBasePointSize, aPresContext, aFontSizeType);
}
// compute the relative position of the parent size between the two closest indexed sizes
relativePosition = float(aFontSize - smallerIndexFontSize) / float(indexFontSize - smallerIndexFontSize);
// set the new size to have the same relative position between the next largest two indexed sizes
adjustment = NSCoordSaturatingNonnegativeMultiply(largerIndexFontSize - indexFontSize, relativePosition);
largerSize = NSCoordSaturatingAdd(indexFontSize, adjustment);
}
else { // larger than HTML table, increase by 50%
largerSize = NSCoordSaturatingMultiply(aFontSize, 1.5);
}
}
else { // smaller than HTML table, increase by 1px
largerSize = NSCoordSaturatingAdd(aFontSize, onePx);
}
return largerSize;
}
struct SetFontSizeCalcOps : public css::BasicCoordCalcOps,
public css::NumbersAlreadyNormalizedOps
{
// The parameters beyond aValue that we need for CalcLengthWith.
const nscoord mParentSize;
const nsStyleFont* const mParentFont;
nsPresContext* const mPresContext;
const bool mAtRoot;
bool& mCanStoreInRuleTree;
SetFontSizeCalcOps(nscoord aParentSize, const nsStyleFont* aParentFont,
nsPresContext* aPresContext, bool aAtRoot,
bool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
: mParentSize(aParentSize),
mParentFont(aParentFont),
mPresContext(aPresContext),
mAtRoot(aAtRoot),
mCanStoreInRuleTree(aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
}
result_type ComputeLeafValue(const nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
nscoord size;
if (aValue.IsLengthUnit()) {
// Note that font-based length units use the parent's size
// unadjusted for scriptlevel changes. A scriptlevel change
// between us and the parent is simply ignored.
size = CalcLengthWith(aValue, mParentSize,
mParentFont,
nullptr, mPresContext, mAtRoot,
true, mCanStoreInRuleTree);
if (!aValue.IsRelativeLengthUnit() && mParentFont->mAllowZoom) {
size = nsStyleFont::ZoomText(mPresContext, size);
}
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Percent == aValue.GetUnit()) {
mCanStoreInRuleTree = false;
// Note that % units use the parent's size unadjusted for scriptlevel
// changes. A scriptlevel change between us and the parent is simply
// ignored.
// aValue.GetPercentValue() may be negative for, e.g., calc(-50%)
size = NSCoordSaturatingMultiply(mParentSize, aValue.GetPercentValue());
} else {
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(false, "unexpected value");
size = mParentSize;
}
return size;
}
};
/* static */ void
nsRuleNode::SetFontSize(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
const nsRuleData* aRuleData,
const nsStyleFont* aFont,
const nsStyleFont* aParentFont,
nscoord* aSize,
const nsFont& aSystemFont,
nscoord aParentSize,
nscoord aScriptLevelAdjustedParentSize,
bool aUsedStartStruct,
bool aAtRoot,
bool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
// If false, means that *aSize has not been zoomed. If true, means that
// *aSize has been zoomed iff aParentFont->mAllowZoom is true.
bool sizeIsZoomedAccordingToParent = false;
int32_t baseSize = (int32_t) aPresContext->
GetDefaultFont(aFont->mGenericID, aFont->mLanguage)->size;
const nsCSSValue* sizeValue = aRuleData->ValueForFontSize();
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == sizeValue->GetUnit()) {
int32_t value = sizeValue->GetIntValue();
if ((NS_STYLE_FONT_SIZE_XXSMALL <= value) &&
(value <= NS_STYLE_FONT_SIZE_XXLARGE)) {
*aSize = CalcFontPointSize(value, baseSize,
aPresContext, eFontSize_CSS);
}
else if (NS_STYLE_FONT_SIZE_XXXLARGE == value) {
// <font size="7"> is not specified in CSS, so we don't use eFontSize_CSS.
*aSize = CalcFontPointSize(value, baseSize, aPresContext);
}
else if (NS_STYLE_FONT_SIZE_LARGER == value ||
NS_STYLE_FONT_SIZE_SMALLER == value) {
aCanStoreInRuleTree = false;
// Un-zoom so we use the tables correctly. We'll then rezoom due
// to the |zoom = true| above.
// Note that relative units here use the parent's size unadjusted
// for scriptlevel changes. A scriptlevel change between us and the parent
// is simply ignored.
nscoord parentSize = aParentSize;
if (aParentFont->mAllowZoom) {
parentSize = nsStyleFont::UnZoomText(aPresContext, parentSize);
}
if (NS_STYLE_FONT_SIZE_LARGER == value) {
*aSize = FindNextLargerFontSize(parentSize,
baseSize, aPresContext, eFontSize_CSS);
NS_ASSERTION(*aSize >= parentSize,
"FindNextLargerFontSize failed");
}
else {
*aSize = FindNextSmallerFontSize(parentSize,
baseSize, aPresContext, eFontSize_CSS);
NS_ASSERTION(*aSize < parentSize ||
parentSize <= nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(1),
"FindNextSmallerFontSize failed");
}
} else {
NS_NOTREACHED("unexpected value");
}
}
else if (sizeValue->IsLengthUnit() ||
sizeValue->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Percent ||
sizeValue->IsCalcUnit()) {
SetFontSizeCalcOps ops(aParentSize, aParentFont,
aPresContext, aAtRoot,
aCanStoreInRuleTree);
*aSize = css::ComputeCalc(*sizeValue, ops);
if (*aSize < 0) {
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(sizeValue->IsCalcUnit(),
"negative lengths and percents should be rejected "
"by parser");
*aSize = 0;
}
// The calc ops will always zoom its result according to the value
// of aParentFont->mAllowZoom.
sizeIsZoomedAccordingToParent = true;
}
else if (eCSSUnit_System_Font == sizeValue->GetUnit()) {
// this becomes our cascading size
*aSize = aSystemFont.size;
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == sizeValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == sizeValue->GetUnit()) {
aCanStoreInRuleTree = false;
// We apply scriptlevel change for this case, because the default is
// to inherit and we don't want explicit "inherit" to differ from the
// default.
*aSize = aScriptLevelAdjustedParentSize;
sizeIsZoomedAccordingToParent = true;
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == sizeValue->GetUnit()) {
// The initial value is 'medium', which has magical sizing based on
// the generic font family, so do that here too.
*aSize = baseSize;
} else {
NS_ASSERTION(eCSSUnit_Null == sizeValue->GetUnit(),
"What kind of font-size value is this?");
// if aUsedStartStruct is true, then every single property in the
// font struct is being set all at once. This means scriptlevel is not
// going to have any influence on the font size; there is no need to
// do anything here.
if (!aUsedStartStruct && aParentSize != aScriptLevelAdjustedParentSize) {
// There was no rule affecting the size but the size has been
// affected by the parent's size via scriptlevel change. So we cannot
// store the data in the rule tree.
aCanStoreInRuleTree = false;
*aSize = aScriptLevelAdjustedParentSize;
sizeIsZoomedAccordingToParent = true;
} else {
return;
}
}
// We want to zoom the cascaded size so that em-based measurements,
// line-heights, etc., work.
bool currentlyZoomed = sizeIsZoomedAccordingToParent &&
aParentFont->mAllowZoom;
if (!currentlyZoomed && aFont->mAllowZoom) {
*aSize = nsStyleFont::ZoomText(aPresContext, *aSize);
} else if (currentlyZoomed && !aFont->mAllowZoom) {
*aSize = nsStyleFont::UnZoomText(aPresContext, *aSize);
}
}
static int8_t ClampTo8Bit(int32_t aValue) {
if (aValue < -128)
return -128;
if (aValue > 127)
return 127;
return int8_t(aValue);
}
/* static */ void
nsRuleNode::SetFont(nsPresContext* aPresContext, nsStyleContext* aContext,
uint8_t aGenericFontID, const nsRuleData* aRuleData,
const nsStyleFont* aParentFont,
nsStyleFont* aFont, bool aUsedStartStruct,
bool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
bool atRoot = !aContext->GetParent();
// -x-text-zoom: none, inherit, initial
bool allowZoom;
const nsCSSValue* textZoomValue = aRuleData->ValueForTextZoom();
if (eCSSUnit_Null != textZoomValue->GetUnit()) {
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == textZoomValue->GetUnit()) {
allowZoom = aParentFont->mAllowZoom;
} else if (eCSSUnit_None == textZoomValue->GetUnit()) {
allowZoom = false;
} else {
MOZ_ASSERT(eCSSUnit_Initial == textZoomValue->GetUnit(),
"unexpected unit");
allowZoom = true;
}
aFont->EnableZoom(aPresContext, allowZoom);
}
// mLanguage must be set before before any of the CalcLengthWith calls
// (direct calls or calls via SetFontSize) for the cases where |aParentFont|
// is the same as |aFont|.
//
// -x-lang: string, inherit
// This is not a real CSS property, it is an HTML attribute mapped to CSS.
const nsCSSValue* langValue = aRuleData->ValueForLang();
if (eCSSUnit_Ident == langValue->GetUnit()) {
nsAutoString lang;
langValue->GetStringValue(lang);
nsContentUtils::ASCIIToLower(lang);
aFont->mLanguage = do_GetAtom(lang);
aFont->mExplicitLanguage = true;
}
const nsFont* defaultVariableFont =
aPresContext->GetDefaultFont(kPresContext_DefaultVariableFont_ID,
aFont->mLanguage);
// -moz-system-font: enum (never inherit!)
static_assert(
NS_STYLE_FONT_CAPTION == LookAndFeel::eFont_Caption &&
NS_STYLE_FONT_ICON == LookAndFeel::eFont_Icon &&
NS_STYLE_FONT_MENU == LookAndFeel::eFont_Menu &&
NS_STYLE_FONT_MESSAGE_BOX == LookAndFeel::eFont_MessageBox &&
NS_STYLE_FONT_SMALL_CAPTION == LookAndFeel::eFont_SmallCaption &&
NS_STYLE_FONT_STATUS_BAR == LookAndFeel::eFont_StatusBar &&
NS_STYLE_FONT_WINDOW == LookAndFeel::eFont_Window &&
NS_STYLE_FONT_DOCUMENT == LookAndFeel::eFont_Document &&
NS_STYLE_FONT_WORKSPACE == LookAndFeel::eFont_Workspace &&
NS_STYLE_FONT_DESKTOP == LookAndFeel::eFont_Desktop &&
NS_STYLE_FONT_INFO == LookAndFeel::eFont_Info &&
NS_STYLE_FONT_DIALOG == LookAndFeel::eFont_Dialog &&
NS_STYLE_FONT_BUTTON == LookAndFeel::eFont_Button &&
NS_STYLE_FONT_PULL_DOWN_MENU == LookAndFeel::eFont_PullDownMenu &&
NS_STYLE_FONT_LIST == LookAndFeel::eFont_List &&
NS_STYLE_FONT_FIELD == LookAndFeel::eFont_Field,
"LookAndFeel.h system-font constants out of sync with nsStyleConsts.h");
// Fall back to defaultVariableFont.
nsFont systemFont = *defaultVariableFont;
const nsCSSValue* systemFontValue = aRuleData->ValueForSystemFont();
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == systemFontValue->GetUnit()) {
gfxFontStyle fontStyle;
LookAndFeel::FontID fontID =
(LookAndFeel::FontID)systemFontValue->GetIntValue();
float devPerCSS =
(float)nsPresContext::AppUnitsPerCSSPixel() /
aPresContext->DeviceContext()->UnscaledAppUnitsPerDevPixel();
if (LookAndFeel::GetFont(fontID, systemFont.name, fontStyle, devPerCSS)) {
systemFont.style = fontStyle.style;
systemFont.systemFont = fontStyle.systemFont;
systemFont.variant = NS_FONT_VARIANT_NORMAL;
systemFont.weight = fontStyle.weight;
systemFont.stretch = fontStyle.stretch;
systemFont.decorations = NS_FONT_DECORATION_NONE;
systemFont.size = NSFloatPixelsToAppUnits(fontStyle.size,
aPresContext->DeviceContext()->
UnscaledAppUnitsPerDevPixel());
//systemFont.langGroup = fontStyle.langGroup;
systemFont.sizeAdjust = fontStyle.sizeAdjust;
#ifdef XP_WIN
// XXXldb This platform-specific stuff should be in the
// LookAndFeel implementation, not here.
// XXXzw Should we even still *have* this code? It looks to be making
// old, probably obsolete assumptions.
if (fontID == LookAndFeel::eFont_Field ||
fontID == LookAndFeel::eFont_Button ||
fontID == LookAndFeel::eFont_List) {
// As far as I can tell the system default fonts and sizes
// on MS-Windows for Buttons, Listboxes/Comboxes and Text Fields are
// all pre-determined and cannot be changed by either the control panel
// or programmatically.
// Fields (text fields)
// Button and Selects (listboxes/comboboxes)
// We use whatever font is defined by the system. Which it appears
// (and the assumption is) it is always a proportional font. Then we
// always use 2 points smaller than what the browser has defined as
// the default proportional font.
// Assumption: system defined font is proportional
systemFont.size =
std::max(defaultVariableFont->size -
nsPresContext::CSSPointsToAppUnits(2), 0);
}
#endif
}
}
// font-family: string list, enum, inherit
const nsCSSValue* familyValue = aRuleData->ValueForFontFamily();
NS_ASSERTION(eCSSUnit_Enumerated != familyValue->GetUnit(),
"system fonts should not be in mFamily anymore");
if (eCSSUnit_Families == familyValue->GetUnit()) {
// set the correct font if we are using DocumentFonts OR we are overriding for XUL
// MJA: bug 31816
if (aGenericFontID == kGenericFont_NONE) {
// only bother appending fallback fonts if this isn't a fallback generic font itself
if (!aFont->mFont.name.IsEmpty())
aFont->mFont.name.Append((char16_t)',');
// defaultVariableFont.name should always be "serif" or "sans-serif".
aFont->mFont.name.Append(defaultVariableFont->name);
}
aFont->mFont.systemFont = false;
// Technically this is redundant with the code below, but it's good
// to have since we'll still want it once we get rid of
// SetGenericFont (bug 380915).
aFont->mGenericID = aGenericFontID;
}
else if (eCSSUnit_System_Font == familyValue->GetUnit()) {
aFont->mFont.name = systemFont.name;
aFont->mFont.systemFont = true;
aFont->mGenericID = kGenericFont_NONE;
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == familyValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == familyValue->GetUnit()) {
aCanStoreInRuleTree = false;
aFont->mFont.name = aParentFont->mFont.name;
aFont->mFont.systemFont = aParentFont->mFont.systemFont;
aFont->mGenericID = aParentFont->mGenericID;
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == familyValue->GetUnit()) {
aFont->mFont.name = defaultVariableFont->name;
aFont->mFont.systemFont = defaultVariableFont->systemFont;
aFont->mGenericID = kGenericFont_NONE;
}
// When we're in the loop in SetGenericFont, we must ensure that we
// always keep aFont->mFlags set to the correct generic. But we have
// to be careful not to touch it when we're called directly from
// ComputeFontData, because we could have a start struct.
if (aGenericFontID != kGenericFont_NONE) {
aFont->mGenericID = aGenericFontID;
}
// -moz-math-variant: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForMathVariant(), aFont->mMathVariant,
aCanStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
aParentFont->mMathVariant, NS_MATHML_MATHVARIANT_NONE,
0, 0, 0, 0);
// -moz-math-display: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForMathDisplay(), aFont->mMathDisplay,
aCanStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
aParentFont->mMathDisplay, NS_MATHML_DISPLAYSTYLE_INLINE,
0, 0, 0, 0);
// font-smoothing: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForOSXFontSmoothing(),
aFont->mFont.smoothing, aCanStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
aParentFont->mFont.smoothing,
defaultVariableFont->smoothing,
0, 0, 0, 0);
// font-style: enum, inherit, initial, -moz-system-font
if (aFont->mMathVariant != NS_MATHML_MATHVARIANT_NONE) {
// -moz-math-variant overrides font-style
aFont->mFont.style = NS_FONT_STYLE_NORMAL;
} else {
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForFontStyle(),
aFont->mFont.style, aCanStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_SYSTEM_FONT | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
aParentFont->mFont.style,
defaultVariableFont->style,
0, 0, 0, systemFont.style);
}
// font-variant: enum, inherit, initial, -moz-system-font
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForFontVariant(),
aFont->mFont.variant, aCanStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_SYSTEM_FONT | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
aParentFont->mFont.variant,
defaultVariableFont->variant,
0, 0, 0, systemFont.variant);
// font-weight: int, enum, inherit, initial, -moz-system-font
// special handling for enum
const nsCSSValue* weightValue = aRuleData->ValueForFontWeight();
if (aFont->mMathVariant != NS_MATHML_MATHVARIANT_NONE) {
// -moz-math-variant overrides font-weight
aFont->mFont.weight = NS_FONT_WEIGHT_NORMAL;
} else if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == weightValue->GetUnit()) {
int32_t value = weightValue->GetIntValue();
switch (value) {
case NS_STYLE_FONT_WEIGHT_NORMAL:
case NS_STYLE_FONT_WEIGHT_BOLD:
aFont->mFont.weight = value;
break;
case NS_STYLE_FONT_WEIGHT_BOLDER: {
aCanStoreInRuleTree = false;
int32_t inheritedValue = aParentFont->mFont.weight;
if (inheritedValue <= 300) {
aFont->mFont.weight = 400;
} else if (inheritedValue <= 500) {
aFont->mFont.weight = 700;
} else {
aFont->mFont.weight = 900;
}
break;
}
case NS_STYLE_FONT_WEIGHT_LIGHTER: {
aCanStoreInRuleTree = false;
int32_t inheritedValue = aParentFont->mFont.weight;
if (inheritedValue < 600) {
aFont->mFont.weight = 100;
} else if (inheritedValue < 800) {
aFont->mFont.weight = 400;
} else {
aFont->mFont.weight = 700;
}
break;
}
}
} else
SetDiscrete(*weightValue, aFont->mFont.weight, aCanStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_INTEGER | SETDSC_SYSTEM_FONT | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
aParentFont->mFont.weight,
defaultVariableFont->weight,
0, 0, 0, systemFont.weight);
// font-stretch: enum, inherit, initial, -moz-system-font
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForFontStretch(),
aFont->mFont.stretch, aCanStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_SYSTEM_FONT | SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
aParentFont->mFont.stretch,
defaultVariableFont->stretch,
0, 0, 0, systemFont.stretch);
// Compute scriptlevel, scriptminsize and scriptsizemultiplier now so
// they're available for font-size computation.
// -moz-script-min-size: length
const nsCSSValue* scriptMinSizeValue = aRuleData->ValueForScriptMinSize();
if (scriptMinSizeValue->IsLengthUnit()) {
// scriptminsize in font units (em, ex) has to be interpreted relative
// to the parent font, or the size definitions are circular and we
//
aFont->mScriptMinSize =
CalcLengthWith(*scriptMinSizeValue, aParentFont->mSize,
aParentFont,
nullptr, aPresContext, atRoot, true,
aCanStoreInRuleTree);
}
// -moz-script-size-multiplier: factor, inherit, initial
SetFactor(*aRuleData->ValueForScriptSizeMultiplier(),
aFont->mScriptSizeMultiplier,
aCanStoreInRuleTree, aParentFont->mScriptSizeMultiplier,
NS_MATHML_DEFAULT_SCRIPT_SIZE_MULTIPLIER,
SETFCT_POSITIVE | SETFCT_UNSET_INHERIT);
// -moz-script-level: integer, number, inherit
const nsCSSValue* scriptLevelValue = aRuleData->ValueForScriptLevel();
if (eCSSUnit_Integer == scriptLevelValue->GetUnit()) {
// "relative"
aCanStoreInRuleTree = false;
aFont->mScriptLevel = ClampTo8Bit(aParentFont->mScriptLevel + scriptLevelValue->GetIntValue());
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Number == scriptLevelValue->GetUnit()) {
// "absolute"
aFont->mScriptLevel = ClampTo8Bit(int32_t(scriptLevelValue->GetFloatValue()));
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Auto == scriptLevelValue->GetUnit()) {
// auto
aCanStoreInRuleTree = false;
aFont->mScriptLevel = ClampTo8Bit(aParentFont->mScriptLevel +
(aParentFont->mMathDisplay ==
NS_MATHML_DISPLAYSTYLE_INLINE ? 1 : 0));
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == scriptLevelValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == scriptLevelValue->GetUnit()) {
aCanStoreInRuleTree = false;
aFont->mScriptLevel = aParentFont->mScriptLevel;
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == scriptLevelValue->GetUnit()) {
aFont->mScriptLevel = 0;
}
// font-kerning: none, enum, inherit, initial, -moz-system-font
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForFontKerning(),
aFont->mFont.kerning, aCanStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_SYSTEM_FONT | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
aParentFont->mFont.kerning,
defaultVariableFont->kerning,
0, 0, 0, systemFont.kerning);
// font-synthesis: none, enum (bit field), inherit, initial, -moz-system-font
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForFontSynthesis(),
aFont->mFont.synthesis, aCanStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_NONE | SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_SYSTEM_FONT |
SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
aParentFont->mFont.synthesis,
defaultVariableFont->synthesis,
0, 0, 0, systemFont.synthesis);
// font-variant-alternates: normal, enum (bit field) + functions, inherit,
// initial, -moz-system-font
const nsCSSValue* variantAlternatesValue =
aRuleData->ValueForFontVariantAlternates();
int32_t variantAlternates = 0;
switch (variantAlternatesValue->GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_Inherit:
case eCSSUnit_Unset:
aFont->mFont.CopyAlternates(aParentFont->mFont);
aCanStoreInRuleTree = false;
break;
case eCSSUnit_Initial:
case eCSSUnit_Normal:
aFont->mFont.variantAlternates = 0;
aFont->mFont.alternateValues.Clear();
aFont->mFont.featureValueLookup = nullptr;
break;
case eCSSUnit_Pair:
NS_ASSERTION(variantAlternatesValue->GetPairValue().mXValue.GetUnit() ==
eCSSUnit_Enumerated, "strange unit for variantAlternates");
variantAlternates =
variantAlternatesValue->GetPairValue().mXValue.GetIntValue();
aFont->mFont.variantAlternates = variantAlternates;
if (variantAlternates & NS_FONT_VARIANT_ALTERNATES_FUNCTIONAL_MASK) {
// fetch the feature lookup object from the styleset
aFont->mFont.featureValueLookup =
aPresContext->StyleSet()->GetFontFeatureValuesLookup();
NS_ASSERTION(variantAlternatesValue->GetPairValue().mYValue.GetUnit() ==
eCSSUnit_List, "function list not a list value");
nsStyleUtil::ComputeFunctionalAlternates(
variantAlternatesValue->GetPairValue().mYValue.GetListValue(),
aFont->mFont.alternateValues);
}
break;
default:
break;
}
// font-variant-caps: normal, enum, inherit, initial, -moz-system-font
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForFontVariantCaps(),
aFont->mFont.variantCaps, aCanStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_NORMAL | SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_SYSTEM_FONT |
SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
aParentFont->mFont.variantCaps,
defaultVariableFont->variantCaps,
0, 0, 0, systemFont.variantCaps);
// font-variant-east-asian: normal, enum (bit field), inherit, initial,
// -moz-system-font
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForFontVariantEastAsian(),
aFont->mFont.variantEastAsian, aCanStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_NORMAL | SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_SYSTEM_FONT |
SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
aParentFont->mFont.variantEastAsian,
defaultVariableFont->variantEastAsian,
0, 0, 0, systemFont.variantEastAsian);
// font-variant-ligatures: normal, enum (bit field), inherit, initial,
// -moz-system-font
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForFontVariantLigatures(),
aFont->mFont.variantLigatures, aCanStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_NORMAL | SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_SYSTEM_FONT |
SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
aParentFont->mFont.variantLigatures,
defaultVariableFont->variantLigatures,
0, 0, 0, systemFont.variantLigatures);
// font-variant-numeric: normal, enum (bit field), inherit, initial,
// -moz-system-font
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForFontVariantNumeric(),
aFont->mFont.variantNumeric, aCanStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_NORMAL | SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_SYSTEM_FONT |
SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
aParentFont->mFont.variantNumeric,
defaultVariableFont->variantNumeric,
0, 0, 0, systemFont.variantNumeric);
// font-variant-position: normal, enum, inherit, initial,
// -moz-system-font
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForFontVariantPosition(),
aFont->mFont.variantPosition, aCanStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_NORMAL | SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_SYSTEM_FONT |
SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
aParentFont->mFont.variantPosition,
defaultVariableFont->variantPosition,
0, 0, 0, systemFont.variantPosition);
// font-feature-settings
const nsCSSValue* featureSettingsValue =
aRuleData->ValueForFontFeatureSettings();
switch (featureSettingsValue->GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_Null:
break;
case eCSSUnit_Normal:
case eCSSUnit_Initial:
aFont->mFont.fontFeatureSettings.Clear();
break;
case eCSSUnit_Inherit:
case eCSSUnit_Unset:
aCanStoreInRuleTree = false;
aFont->mFont.fontFeatureSettings = aParentFont->mFont.fontFeatureSettings;
break;
case eCSSUnit_System_Font:
aFont->mFont.fontFeatureSettings = systemFont.fontFeatureSettings;
break;
case eCSSUnit_PairList:
case eCSSUnit_PairListDep:
ComputeFontFeatures(featureSettingsValue->GetPairListValue(),
aFont->mFont.fontFeatureSettings);
break;
default:
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(false, "unexpected value unit");
break;
}
// font-language-override
const nsCSSValue* languageOverrideValue =
aRuleData->ValueForFontLanguageOverride();
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == languageOverrideValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == languageOverrideValue->GetUnit()) {
aCanStoreInRuleTree = false;
aFont->mFont.languageOverride = aParentFont->mFont.languageOverride;
} else if (eCSSUnit_Normal == languageOverrideValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Initial == languageOverrideValue->GetUnit()) {
aFont->mFont.languageOverride.Truncate();
} else if (eCSSUnit_System_Font == languageOverrideValue->GetUnit()) {
aFont->mFont.languageOverride = systemFont.languageOverride;
} else if (eCSSUnit_String == languageOverrideValue->GetUnit()) {
languageOverrideValue->GetStringValue(aFont->mFont.languageOverride);
}
// font-size: enum, length, percent, inherit
nscoord scriptLevelAdjustedParentSize = aParentFont->mSize;
nscoord scriptLevelAdjustedUnconstrainedParentSize;
scriptLevelAdjustedParentSize =
ComputeScriptLevelSize(aFont, aParentFont, aPresContext,
&scriptLevelAdjustedUnconstrainedParentSize);
NS_ASSERTION(!aUsedStartStruct || aFont->mScriptUnconstrainedSize == aFont->mSize,
"If we have a start struct, we should have reset everything coming in here");
SetFontSize(aPresContext, aRuleData, aFont, aParentFont,
&aFont->mSize,
systemFont, aParentFont->mSize, scriptLevelAdjustedParentSize,
aUsedStartStruct, atRoot, aCanStoreInRuleTree);
if (aParentFont->mSize == aParentFont->mScriptUnconstrainedSize &&
scriptLevelAdjustedParentSize == scriptLevelAdjustedUnconstrainedParentSize) {
// Fast path: we have not been affected by scriptminsize so we don't
// need to call SetFontSize again to compute the
// scriptminsize-unconstrained size. This is OK even if we have a
// start struct, because if we have a start struct then 'font-size'
// was specified and so scriptminsize has no effect.
aFont->mScriptUnconstrainedSize = aFont->mSize;
} else {
SetFontSize(aPresContext, aRuleData, aFont, aParentFont,
&aFont->mScriptUnconstrainedSize,
systemFont, aParentFont->mScriptUnconstrainedSize,
scriptLevelAdjustedUnconstrainedParentSize,
aUsedStartStruct, atRoot, aCanStoreInRuleTree);
}
NS_ASSERTION(aFont->mScriptUnconstrainedSize <= aFont->mSize,
"scriptminsize should never be making things bigger");
nscoord fontSize = aFont->mSize;
// enforce the user' specified minimum font-size on the value that we expose
// (but don't change font-size:0, since that would unhide hidden text)
if (fontSize > 0) {
nscoord minFontSize = aPresContext->MinFontSize(aFont->mLanguage);
if (minFontSize < 0) {
minFontSize = 0;
}
if (fontSize < minFontSize && !aPresContext->IsChrome()) {
// override the minimum font-size constraint
fontSize = minFontSize;
}
}
aFont->mFont.size = fontSize;
// font-size-adjust: number, none, inherit, initial, -moz-system-font
const nsCSSValue* sizeAdjustValue = aRuleData->ValueForFontSizeAdjust();
if (eCSSUnit_System_Font == sizeAdjustValue->GetUnit()) {
aFont->mFont.sizeAdjust = systemFont.sizeAdjust;
} else
SetFactor(*sizeAdjustValue, aFont->mFont.sizeAdjust,
aCanStoreInRuleTree, aParentFont->mFont.sizeAdjust, 0.0f,
SETFCT_NONE | SETFCT_UNSET_INHERIT);
}
/* static */ void
nsRuleNode::ComputeFontFeatures(const nsCSSValuePairList *aFeaturesList,
nsTArray<gfxFontFeature>& aFeatureSettings)
{
aFeatureSettings.Clear();
for (const nsCSSValuePairList* p = aFeaturesList; p; p = p->mNext) {
gfxFontFeature feat = {0, 0};
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aFeaturesList->mXValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_String,
"unexpected value unit");
// tag is a 4-byte ASCII sequence
nsAutoString tag;
p->mXValue.GetStringValue(tag);
if (tag.Length() != 4) {
continue;
}
// parsing validates that these are ASCII chars
// tags are always big-endian
feat.mTag = (tag[0] << 24) | (tag[1] << 16) | (tag[2] << 8) | tag[3];
// value
NS_ASSERTION(p->mYValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Integer,
"should have found an integer unit");
feat.mValue = p->mYValue.GetIntValue();
aFeatureSettings.AppendElement(feat);
}
}
// This should die (bug 380915).
//
// SetGenericFont:
// - backtrack to an ancestor with the same generic font name (possibly
// up to the root where default values come from the presentation context)
// - re-apply cascading rules from there without caching intermediate values
/* static */ void
nsRuleNode::SetGenericFont(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
nsStyleContext* aContext,
uint8_t aGenericFontID,
nsStyleFont* aFont)
{
// walk up the contexts until a context with the desired generic font
nsAutoTArray<nsStyleContext*, 8> contextPath;
contextPath.AppendElement(aContext);
nsStyleContext* higherContext = aContext->GetParent();
while (higherContext) {
if (higherContext->StyleFont()->mGenericID == aGenericFontID) {
// done walking up the higher contexts
break;
}
contextPath.AppendElement(higherContext);
higherContext = higherContext->GetParent();
}
// re-apply the cascading rules, starting from the higher context
// If we stopped earlier because we reached the root of the style tree,
// we will start with the default generic font from the presentation
// context. Otherwise we start with the higher context.
const nsFont* defaultFont =
aPresContext->GetDefaultFont(aGenericFontID, aFont->mLanguage);
nsStyleFont parentFont(*defaultFont, aPresContext);
if (higherContext) {
const nsStyleFont* tmpFont = higherContext->StyleFont();
parentFont = *tmpFont;
}
*aFont = parentFont;
bool dummy;
uint32_t fontBit = nsCachedStyleData::GetBitForSID(eStyleStruct_Font);
// use placement new[] on the result of alloca() to allocate a
// variable-sized stack array, including execution of constructors,
// and use an RAII class to run the destructors too.
size_t nprops = nsCSSProps::PropertyCountInStruct(eStyleStruct_Font);
void* dataStorage = alloca(nprops * sizeof(nsCSSValue));
for (int32_t i = contextPath.Length() - 1; i >= 0; --i) {
nsStyleContext* context = contextPath[i];
AutoCSSValueArray dataArray(dataStorage, nprops);
nsRuleData ruleData(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Font), dataArray.get(),
aPresContext, context);
ruleData.mValueOffsets[eStyleStruct_Font] = 0;
// Trimmed down version of ::WalkRuleTree() to re-apply the style rules
// Note that we *do* need to do this for our own data, since what is
// in |fontData| in ComputeFontData is only for the rules below
// aStartStruct.
for (nsRuleNode* ruleNode = context->RuleNode(); ruleNode;
ruleNode = ruleNode->GetParent()) {
if (ruleNode->mNoneBits & fontBit)
// no more font rules on this branch, get out
break;
nsIStyleRule *rule = ruleNode->GetRule();
if (rule) {
ruleData.mLevel = ruleNode->GetLevel();
ruleData.mIsImportantRule = ruleNode->IsImportantRule();
rule->MapRuleInfoInto(&ruleData);
}
}
// Compute the delta from the information that the rules specified
// Avoid unnecessary operations in SetFont(). But we care if it's
// the final value that we're computing.
if (i != 0)
ruleData.ValueForFontFamily()->Reset();
ResolveVariableReferences(eStyleStruct_Font, &ruleData, aContext);
nsRuleNode::SetFont(aPresContext, context,
aGenericFontID, &ruleData, &parentFont, aFont,
false, dummy);
parentFont = *aFont;
}
}
static bool ExtractGeneric(const nsString& aFamily, bool aGeneric,
void *aData)
{
nsAutoString *data = static_cast<nsAutoString*>(aData);
if (aGeneric) {
*data = aFamily;
return false; // stop enumeration
}
return true;
}
const void*
nsRuleNode::ComputeFontData(void* aStartStruct,
const nsRuleData* aRuleData,
nsStyleContext* aContext,
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
const bool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
COMPUTE_START_INHERITED(Font, (mPresContext), font, parentFont)
// NOTE: The |aRuleDetail| passed in is a little bit conservative due
// to the -moz-system-font property. We really don't need to consider
// it here in determining whether to cache in the rule tree. However,
// we do need to consider it in WalkRuleTree when deciding whether to
// walk further up the tree. So this means that when the font struct
// is fully specified using *longhand* properties (excluding
// -moz-system-font), we won't cache in the rule tree even though we
// could. However, it's pretty unlikely authors will do that
// (although there is a pretty good chance they'll fully specify it
// using the 'font' shorthand).
bool useDocumentFonts =
mPresContext->GetCachedBoolPref(kPresContext_UseDocumentFonts);
// See if we are in the chrome
// We only need to know this to determine if we have to use the
// document fonts (overriding the useDocumentFonts flag).
if (!useDocumentFonts && mPresContext->IsChrome()) {
// if we are not using document fonts, but this is a XUL document,
// then we use the document fonts anyway
useDocumentFonts = true;
}
// Figure out if we are a generic font
uint8_t generic = kGenericFont_NONE;
// XXXldb What if we would have had a string if we hadn't been doing
// the optimization with a non-null aStartStruct?
const nsCSSValue* familyValue = aRuleData->ValueForFontFamily();
if (eCSSUnit_Families == familyValue->GetUnit()) {
familyValue->GetStringValue(font->mFont.name);
// XXXldb Do we want to extract the generic for this if it's not only a
// generic?
nsFont::GetGenericID(font->mFont.name, &generic);
// If we aren't allowed to use document fonts, then we are only entitled
// to use the user's default variable-width font and fixed-width font
if (!useDocumentFonts) {
// Extract the generic from the specified font family...
nsAutoString genericName;
if (!font->mFont.EnumerateFamilies(ExtractGeneric, &genericName)) {
// The specified font had a generic family.
font->mFont.name = genericName;
nsFont::GetGenericID(genericName, &generic);
// ... and only use it if it's -moz-fixed or monospace
if (generic != kGenericFont_moz_fixed &&
generic != kGenericFont_monospace) {
font->mFont.name.Truncate();
generic = kGenericFont_NONE;
}
} else {
// The specified font did not have a generic family.
font->mFont.name.Truncate();
generic = kGenericFont_NONE;
}
}
}
// Now compute our font struct
if (generic == kGenericFont_NONE) {
// continue the normal processing
nsRuleNode::SetFont(mPresContext, aContext, generic,
aRuleData, parentFont, font,
aStartStruct != nullptr, canStoreInRuleTree);
}
else {
// re-calculate the font as a generic font
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
nsRuleNode::SetGenericFont(mPresContext, aContext, generic,
font);
}
COMPUTE_END_INHERITED(Font, font)
}
template <typename T>
inline uint32_t ListLength(const T* aList)
{
uint32_t len = 0;
while (aList) {
len++;
aList = aList->mNext;
}
return len;
}
already_AddRefed<nsCSSShadowArray>
nsRuleNode::GetShadowData(const nsCSSValueList* aList,
nsStyleContext* aContext,
bool aIsBoxShadow,
bool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
uint32_t arrayLength = ListLength(aList);
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(arrayLength > 0,
"Non-null text-shadow list, yet we counted 0 items.");
nsRefPtr<nsCSSShadowArray> shadowList =
new(arrayLength) nsCSSShadowArray(arrayLength);
if (!shadowList)
return nullptr;
nsStyleCoord tempCoord;
DebugOnly<bool> unitOK;
for (nsCSSShadowItem* item = shadowList->ShadowAt(0);
aList;
aList = aList->mNext, ++item) {
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aList->mValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Array,
"expecting a plain array value");
nsCSSValue::Array *arr = aList->mValue.GetArrayValue();
// OK to pass bad aParentCoord since we're not passing SETCOORD_INHERIT
unitOK = SetCoord(arr->Item(0), tempCoord, nsStyleCoord(),
SETCOORD_LENGTH | SETCOORD_CALC_LENGTH_ONLY,
aContext, mPresContext, aCanStoreInRuleTree);
NS_ASSERTION(unitOK, "unexpected unit");
item->mXOffset = tempCoord.GetCoordValue();
unitOK = SetCoord(arr->Item(1), tempCoord, nsStyleCoord(),
SETCOORD_LENGTH | SETCOORD_CALC_LENGTH_ONLY,
aContext, mPresContext, aCanStoreInRuleTree);
NS_ASSERTION(unitOK, "unexpected unit");
item->mYOffset = tempCoord.GetCoordValue();
// Blur radius is optional in the current box-shadow spec
if (arr->Item(2).GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Null) {
unitOK = SetCoord(arr->Item(2), tempCoord, nsStyleCoord(),
SETCOORD_LENGTH | SETCOORD_CALC_LENGTH_ONLY |
SETCOORD_CALC_CLAMP_NONNEGATIVE,
aContext, mPresContext, aCanStoreInRuleTree);
NS_ASSERTION(unitOK, "unexpected unit");
item->mRadius = tempCoord.GetCoordValue();
} else {
item->mRadius = 0;
}
// Find the spread radius
if (aIsBoxShadow && arr->Item(3).GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Null) {
unitOK = SetCoord(arr->Item(3), tempCoord, nsStyleCoord(),
SETCOORD_LENGTH | SETCOORD_CALC_LENGTH_ONLY,
aContext, mPresContext, aCanStoreInRuleTree);
NS_ASSERTION(unitOK, "unexpected unit");
item->mSpread = tempCoord.GetCoordValue();
} else {
item->mSpread = 0;
}
if (arr->Item(4).GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Null) {
item->mHasColor = true;
// 2nd argument can be bogus since inherit is not a valid color
unitOK = SetColor(arr->Item(4), 0, mPresContext, aContext, item->mColor,
aCanStoreInRuleTree);
NS_ASSERTION(unitOK, "unexpected unit");
}
if (aIsBoxShadow && arr->Item(5).GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated) {
NS_ASSERTION(arr->Item(5).GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_BOX_SHADOW_INSET,
"invalid keyword type for box shadow");
item->mInset = true;
} else {
item->mInset = false;
}
}
return shadowList.forget();
}
const void*
nsRuleNode::ComputeTextData(void* aStartStruct,
const nsRuleData* aRuleData,
nsStyleContext* aContext,
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
const bool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
COMPUTE_START_INHERITED(Text, (), text, parentText)
// tab-size: integer, inherit
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForTabSize(),
text->mTabSize, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_INTEGER | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT, parentText->mTabSize,
NS_STYLE_TABSIZE_INITIAL, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// letter-spacing: normal, length, inherit
SetCoord(*aRuleData->ValueForLetterSpacing(),
text->mLetterSpacing, parentText->mLetterSpacing,
SETCOORD_LH | SETCOORD_NORMAL | SETCOORD_INITIAL_NORMAL |
SETCOORD_CALC_LENGTH_ONLY | SETCOORD_UNSET_INHERIT,
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
// text-shadow: none, list, inherit, initial
const nsCSSValue* textShadowValue = aRuleData->ValueForTextShadow();
if (textShadowValue->GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Null) {
text->mTextShadow = nullptr;
// Don't need to handle none/initial explicitly: The above assignment
// takes care of that
if (textShadowValue->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Inherit ||
textShadowValue->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Unset) {
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
text->mTextShadow = parentText->mTextShadow;
} else if (textShadowValue->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_List ||
textShadowValue->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_ListDep) {
// List of arrays
text->mTextShadow = GetShadowData(textShadowValue->GetListValue(),
aContext, false, canStoreInRuleTree);
}
}
// line-height: normal, number, length, percent, inherit
const nsCSSValue* lineHeightValue = aRuleData->ValueForLineHeight();
if (eCSSUnit_Percent == lineHeightValue->GetUnit()) {
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
// Use |mFont.size| to pick up minimum font size.
text->mLineHeight.SetCoordValue(
NSToCoordRound(float(aContext->StyleFont()->mFont.size) *
lineHeightValue->GetPercentValue()));
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == lineHeightValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_System_Font == lineHeightValue->GetUnit()) {
text->mLineHeight.SetNormalValue();
}
else {
SetCoord(*lineHeightValue, text->mLineHeight, parentText->mLineHeight,
SETCOORD_LEH | SETCOORD_FACTOR | SETCOORD_NORMAL |
SETCOORD_UNSET_INHERIT,
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
if (lineHeightValue->IsLengthUnit() &&
!lineHeightValue->IsRelativeLengthUnit()) {
nscoord lh = nsStyleFont::ZoomText(mPresContext,
text->mLineHeight.GetCoordValue());
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
const nsStyleFont *font = aContext->StyleFont();
nscoord minimumFontSize = mPresContext->MinFontSize(font->mLanguage);
if (minimumFontSize > 0 && !mPresContext->IsChrome()) {
if (font->mSize != 0) {
lh = nscoord(float(lh) * float(font->mFont.size) / float(font->mSize));
} else {
lh = minimumFontSize;
}
}
text->mLineHeight.SetCoordValue(lh);
}
}
// text-align: enum, string, pair(enum|string), inherit, initial
// NOTE: string is not implemented yet.
const nsCSSValue* textAlignValue = aRuleData->ValueForTextAlign();
text->mTextAlignTrue = false;
if (eCSSUnit_String == textAlignValue->GetUnit()) {
NS_NOTYETIMPLEMENTED("align string");
} else if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == textAlignValue->GetUnit() &&
NS_STYLE_TEXT_ALIGN_MOZ_CENTER_OR_INHERIT ==
textAlignValue->GetIntValue()) {
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
uint8_t parentAlign = parentText->mTextAlign;
text->mTextAlign = (NS_STYLE_TEXT_ALIGN_DEFAULT == parentAlign) ?
NS_STYLE_TEXT_ALIGN_CENTER : parentAlign;
} else {
if (eCSSUnit_Pair == textAlignValue->GetUnit()) {
// Two values were specified, one must be 'true'.
text->mTextAlignTrue = true;
const nsCSSValuePair& textAlignValuePair = textAlignValue->GetPairValue();
textAlignValue = &textAlignValuePair.mXValue;
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == textAlignValue->GetUnit()) {
if (textAlignValue->GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_TEXT_ALIGN_TRUE) {
textAlignValue = &textAlignValuePair.mYValue;
}
} else if (eCSSUnit_String == textAlignValue->GetUnit()) {
NS_NOTYETIMPLEMENTED("align string");
}
} else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == textAlignValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == textAlignValue->GetUnit()) {
text->mTextAlignTrue = parentText->mTextAlignTrue;
}
SetDiscrete(*textAlignValue, text->mTextAlign, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
parentText->mTextAlign,
NS_STYLE_TEXT_ALIGN_DEFAULT, 0, 0, 0, 0);
}
// text-align-last: enum, pair(enum), inherit, initial
const nsCSSValue* textAlignLastValue = aRuleData->ValueForTextAlignLast();
text->mTextAlignLastTrue = false;
if (eCSSUnit_Pair == textAlignLastValue->GetUnit()) {
// Two values were specified, one must be 'true'.
text->mTextAlignLastTrue = true;
const nsCSSValuePair& textAlignLastValuePair = textAlignLastValue->GetPairValue();
textAlignLastValue = &textAlignLastValuePair.mXValue;
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == textAlignLastValue->GetUnit()) {
if (textAlignLastValue->GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_TEXT_ALIGN_TRUE) {
textAlignLastValue = &textAlignLastValuePair.mYValue;
}
}
} else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == textAlignLastValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == textAlignLastValue->GetUnit()) {
text->mTextAlignLastTrue = parentText->mTextAlignLastTrue;
}
SetDiscrete(*textAlignLastValue, text->mTextAlignLast,
canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
parentText->mTextAlignLast,
NS_STYLE_TEXT_ALIGN_AUTO, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// text-indent: length, percent, calc, inherit, initial
SetCoord(*aRuleData->ValueForTextIndent(), text->mTextIndent, parentText->mTextIndent,
SETCOORD_LPH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_ZERO | SETCOORD_STORE_CALC |
SETCOORD_UNSET_INHERIT,
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
// text-transform: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForTextTransform(), text->mTextTransform, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
parentText->mTextTransform,
NS_STYLE_TEXT_TRANSFORM_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// white-space: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForWhiteSpace(), text->mWhiteSpace, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
parentText->mWhiteSpace,
NS_STYLE_WHITESPACE_NORMAL, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// word-break: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForWordBreak(), text->mWordBreak, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
parentText->mWordBreak,
NS_STYLE_WORDBREAK_NORMAL, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// word-spacing: normal, length, inherit
nsStyleCoord tempCoord;
const nsCSSValue* wordSpacingValue = aRuleData->ValueForWordSpacing();
if (SetCoord(*wordSpacingValue, tempCoord,
nsStyleCoord(parentText->mWordSpacing,
nsStyleCoord::CoordConstructor),
SETCOORD_LH | SETCOORD_NORMAL | SETCOORD_INITIAL_NORMAL |
SETCOORD_CALC_LENGTH_ONLY | SETCOORD_UNSET_INHERIT,
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree)) {
if (tempCoord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Coord) {
text->mWordSpacing = tempCoord.GetCoordValue();
} else if (tempCoord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Normal) {
text->mWordSpacing = 0;
} else {
NS_NOTREACHED("unexpected unit");
}
} else {
NS_ASSERTION(wordSpacingValue->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null,
"unexpected unit");
}
// word-wrap: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForWordWrap(), text->mWordWrap, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
parentText->mWordWrap,
NS_STYLE_WORDWRAP_NORMAL, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// hyphens: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForHyphens(), text->mHyphens, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
parentText->mHyphens,
NS_STYLE_HYPHENS_MANUAL, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// text-size-adjust: none, auto, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForTextSizeAdjust(), text->mTextSizeAdjust,
canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_NONE | SETDSC_AUTO | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
parentText->mTextSizeAdjust,
NS_STYLE_TEXT_SIZE_ADJUST_AUTO, // initial value
NS_STYLE_TEXT_SIZE_ADJUST_AUTO, // auto value
NS_STYLE_TEXT_SIZE_ADJUST_NONE, // none value
0, 0);
// -moz-text-discard: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForControlCharacterVisibility(),
text->mControlCharacterVisibility,
canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
parentText->mControlCharacterVisibility,
NS_STYLE_CONTROL_CHARACTER_VISIBILITY_HIDDEN, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// text-orientation: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForTextOrientation(), text->mTextOrientation,
canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
parentText->mTextOrientation,
NS_STYLE_TEXT_ORIENTATION_AUTO, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// text-combine-horizontal: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForTextCombineHorizontal(),
text->mTextCombineHorizontal,
canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
parentText->mTextCombineHorizontal,
NS_STYLE_TEXT_COMBINE_HORIZ_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0);
COMPUTE_END_INHERITED(Text, text)
}
const void*
nsRuleNode::ComputeTextResetData(void* aStartStruct,
const nsRuleData* aRuleData,
nsStyleContext* aContext,
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
const bool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
COMPUTE_START_RESET(TextReset, (), text, parentText)
// vertical-align: enum, length, percent, calc, inherit
const nsCSSValue* verticalAlignValue = aRuleData->ValueForVerticalAlign();
if (!SetCoord(*verticalAlignValue, text->mVerticalAlign,
parentText->mVerticalAlign,
SETCOORD_LPH | SETCOORD_ENUMERATED | SETCOORD_STORE_CALC,
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree)) {
if (eCSSUnit_Initial == verticalAlignValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == verticalAlignValue->GetUnit()) {
text->mVerticalAlign.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_VERTICAL_ALIGN_BASELINE,
eStyleUnit_Enumerated);
}
}
// text-decoration-line: enum (bit field), inherit, initial
const nsCSSValue* decorationLineValue =
aRuleData->ValueForTextDecorationLine();
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == decorationLineValue->GetUnit()) {
int32_t td = decorationLineValue->GetIntValue();
text->mTextDecorationLine = td;
if (td & NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_PREF_ANCHORS) {
bool underlineLinks =
mPresContext->GetCachedBoolPref(kPresContext_UnderlineLinks);
if (underlineLinks) {
text->mTextDecorationLine |= NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_UNDERLINE;
}
else {
text->mTextDecorationLine &= ~NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_UNDERLINE;
}
}
} else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == decorationLineValue->GetUnit()) {
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
text->mTextDecorationLine = parentText->mTextDecorationLine;
} else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == decorationLineValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == decorationLineValue->GetUnit()) {
text->mTextDecorationLine = NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_NONE;
}
// text-decoration-color: color, string, enum, inherit, initial
const nsCSSValue* decorationColorValue =
aRuleData->ValueForTextDecorationColor();
nscolor decorationColor;
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == decorationColorValue->GetUnit()) {
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
if (parentContext) {
bool isForeground;
parentText->GetDecorationColor(decorationColor, isForeground);
if (isForeground) {
text->SetDecorationColor(parentContext->StyleColor()->mColor);
} else {
text->SetDecorationColor(decorationColor);
}
} else {
text->SetDecorationColorToForeground();
}
}
else if (eCSSUnit_EnumColor == decorationColorValue->GetUnit() &&
decorationColorValue->GetIntValue() == NS_COLOR_CURRENTCOLOR) {
text->SetDecorationColorToForeground();
}
else if (SetColor(*decorationColorValue, 0, mPresContext, aContext,
decorationColor, canStoreInRuleTree)) {
text->SetDecorationColor(decorationColor);
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == decorationColorValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == decorationColorValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Enumerated == decorationColorValue->GetUnit()) {
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(eCSSUnit_Enumerated != decorationColorValue->GetUnit() ||
decorationColorValue->GetIntValue() ==
NS_STYLE_COLOR_MOZ_USE_TEXT_COLOR,
"unexpected enumerated value");
text->SetDecorationColorToForeground();
}
// text-decoration-style: enum, inherit, initial
const nsCSSValue* decorationStyleValue =
aRuleData->ValueForTextDecorationStyle();
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == decorationStyleValue->GetUnit()) {
text->SetDecorationStyle(decorationStyleValue->GetIntValue());
} else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == decorationStyleValue->GetUnit()) {
text->SetDecorationStyle(parentText->GetDecorationStyle());
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
} else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == decorationStyleValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == decorationStyleValue->GetUnit()) {
text->SetDecorationStyle(NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_STYLE_SOLID);
}
// text-overflow: enum, string, pair(enum|string), inherit, initial
const nsCSSValue* textOverflowValue =
aRuleData->ValueForTextOverflow();
if (eCSSUnit_Initial == textOverflowValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == textOverflowValue->GetUnit()) {
text->mTextOverflow = nsStyleTextOverflow();
} else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == textOverflowValue->GetUnit()) {
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
text->mTextOverflow = parentText->mTextOverflow;
} else if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == textOverflowValue->GetUnit()) {
// A single enumerated value.
SetDiscrete(*textOverflowValue, text->mTextOverflow.mRight.mType,
canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentText->mTextOverflow.mRight.mType,
NS_STYLE_TEXT_OVERFLOW_CLIP, 0, 0, 0, 0);
text->mTextOverflow.mRight.mString.Truncate();
text->mTextOverflow.mLeft.mType = NS_STYLE_TEXT_OVERFLOW_CLIP;
text->mTextOverflow.mLeft.mString.Truncate();
text->mTextOverflow.mLogicalDirections = true;
} else if (eCSSUnit_String == textOverflowValue->GetUnit()) {
// A single string value.
text->mTextOverflow.mRight.mType = NS_STYLE_TEXT_OVERFLOW_STRING;
textOverflowValue->GetStringValue(text->mTextOverflow.mRight.mString);
text->mTextOverflow.mLeft.mType = NS_STYLE_TEXT_OVERFLOW_CLIP;
text->mTextOverflow.mLeft.mString.Truncate();
text->mTextOverflow.mLogicalDirections = true;
} else if (eCSSUnit_Pair == textOverflowValue->GetUnit()) {
// Two values were specified.
text->mTextOverflow.mLogicalDirections = false;
const nsCSSValuePair& textOverflowValuePair =
textOverflowValue->GetPairValue();
const nsCSSValue *textOverflowLeftValue = &textOverflowValuePair.mXValue;
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == textOverflowLeftValue->GetUnit()) {
SetDiscrete(*textOverflowLeftValue, text->mTextOverflow.mLeft.mType,
canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentText->mTextOverflow.mLeft.mType,
NS_STYLE_TEXT_OVERFLOW_CLIP, 0, 0, 0, 0);
text->mTextOverflow.mLeft.mString.Truncate();
} else if (eCSSUnit_String == textOverflowLeftValue->GetUnit()) {
textOverflowLeftValue->GetStringValue(text->mTextOverflow.mLeft.mString);
text->mTextOverflow.mLeft.mType = NS_STYLE_TEXT_OVERFLOW_STRING;
}
const nsCSSValue *textOverflowRightValue = &textOverflowValuePair.mYValue;
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == textOverflowRightValue->GetUnit()) {
SetDiscrete(*textOverflowRightValue, text->mTextOverflow.mRight.mType,
canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentText->mTextOverflow.mRight.mType,
NS_STYLE_TEXT_OVERFLOW_CLIP, 0, 0, 0, 0);
text->mTextOverflow.mRight.mString.Truncate();
} else if (eCSSUnit_String == textOverflowRightValue->GetUnit()) {
textOverflowRightValue->GetStringValue(text->mTextOverflow.mRight.mString);
text->mTextOverflow.mRight.mType = NS_STYLE_TEXT_OVERFLOW_STRING;
}
}
// unicode-bidi: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForUnicodeBidi(), text->mUnicodeBidi, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentText->mUnicodeBidi,
NS_STYLE_UNICODE_BIDI_NORMAL, 0, 0, 0, 0);
COMPUTE_END_RESET(TextReset, text)
}
const void*
nsRuleNode::ComputeUserInterfaceData(void* aStartStruct,
const nsRuleData* aRuleData,
nsStyleContext* aContext,
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
const bool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
COMPUTE_START_INHERITED(UserInterface, (), ui, parentUI)
// cursor: enum, url, inherit
const nsCSSValue* cursorValue = aRuleData->ValueForCursor();
nsCSSUnit cursorUnit = cursorValue->GetUnit();
if (cursorUnit != eCSSUnit_Null) {
delete [] ui->mCursorArray;
ui->mCursorArray = nullptr;
ui->mCursorArrayLength = 0;
if (cursorUnit == eCSSUnit_Inherit ||
cursorUnit == eCSSUnit_Unset) {
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
ui->mCursor = parentUI->mCursor;
ui->CopyCursorArrayFrom(*parentUI);
}
else if (cursorUnit == eCSSUnit_Initial) {
ui->mCursor = NS_STYLE_CURSOR_AUTO;
}
else {
// The parser will never create a list that is *all* URL values --
// that's invalid.
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(cursorUnit == eCSSUnit_List ||
cursorUnit == eCSSUnit_ListDep,
nsPrintfCString("unrecognized cursor unit %d",
cursorUnit).get());
const nsCSSValueList* list = cursorValue->GetListValue();
const nsCSSValueList* list2 = list;
nsIDocument* doc = aContext->PresContext()->Document();
uint32_t arrayLength = 0;
for ( ; list->mValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Array; list = list->mNext)
if (list->mValue.GetArrayValue()->Item(0).GetImageValue(doc))
++arrayLength;
if (arrayLength != 0) {
ui->mCursorArray = new nsCursorImage[arrayLength];
if (ui->mCursorArray) {
ui->mCursorArrayLength = arrayLength;
for (nsCursorImage *item = ui->mCursorArray;
list2->mValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Array;
list2 = list2->mNext) {
nsCSSValue::Array *arr = list2->mValue.GetArrayValue();
imgIRequest *req = arr->Item(0).GetImageValue(doc);
if (req) {
item->SetImage(req);
if (arr->Item(1).GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Null) {
item->mHaveHotspot = true;
item->mHotspotX = arr->Item(1).GetFloatValue(),
item->mHotspotY = arr->Item(2).GetFloatValue();
}
++item;
}
}
}
}
NS_ASSERTION(list, "Must have non-array value at the end");
NS_ASSERTION(list->mValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated,
"Unexpected fallback value at end of cursor list");
ui->mCursor = list->mValue.GetIntValue();
}
}
// user-input: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForUserInput(),
ui->mUserInput, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
parentUI->mUserInput,
NS_STYLE_USER_INPUT_AUTO, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// user-modify: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForUserModify(),
ui->mUserModify, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
parentUI->mUserModify,
NS_STYLE_USER_MODIFY_READ_ONLY,
0, 0, 0, 0);
// user-focus: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForUserFocus(),
ui->mUserFocus, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
parentUI->mUserFocus,
NS_STYLE_USER_FOCUS_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0);
COMPUTE_END_INHERITED(UserInterface, ui)
}
const void*
nsRuleNode::ComputeUIResetData(void* aStartStruct,
const nsRuleData* aRuleData,
nsStyleContext* aContext,
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
const bool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
COMPUTE_START_RESET(UIReset, (), ui, parentUI)
// user-select: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForUserSelect(),
ui->mUserSelect, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentUI->mUserSelect,
NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_AUTO, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// ime-mode: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForImeMode(),
ui->mIMEMode, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentUI->mIMEMode,
NS_STYLE_IME_MODE_AUTO, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// force-broken-image-icons: integer, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForForceBrokenImageIcon(),
ui->mForceBrokenImageIcon,
canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_INTEGER | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentUI->mForceBrokenImageIcon,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// -moz-window-shadow: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForWindowShadow(),
ui->mWindowShadow, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentUI->mWindowShadow,
NS_STYLE_WINDOW_SHADOW_DEFAULT, 0, 0, 0, 0);
COMPUTE_END_RESET(UIReset, ui)
}
// Information about each transition or animation property that is
// constant.
struct TransitionPropInfo {
nsCSSProperty property;
// Location of the count of the property's computed value.
uint32_t nsStyleDisplay::* sdCount;
};
// Each property's index in this array must match its index in the
// mutable array |transitionPropData| below.
static const TransitionPropInfo transitionPropInfo[4] = {
{ eCSSProperty_transition_delay,
&nsStyleDisplay::mTransitionDelayCount },
{ eCSSProperty_transition_duration,
&nsStyleDisplay::mTransitionDurationCount },
{ eCSSProperty_transition_property,
&nsStyleDisplay::mTransitionPropertyCount },
{ eCSSProperty_transition_timing_function,
&nsStyleDisplay::mTransitionTimingFunctionCount },
};
// Each property's index in this array must match its index in the
// mutable array |animationPropData| below.
static const TransitionPropInfo animationPropInfo[8] = {
{ eCSSProperty_animation_delay,
&nsStyleDisplay::mAnimationDelayCount },
{ eCSSProperty_animation_duration,
&nsStyleDisplay::mAnimationDurationCount },
{ eCSSProperty_animation_name,
&nsStyleDisplay::mAnimationNameCount },
{ eCSSProperty_animation_timing_function,
&nsStyleDisplay::mAnimationTimingFunctionCount },
{ eCSSProperty_animation_direction,
&nsStyleDisplay::mAnimationDirectionCount },
{ eCSSProperty_animation_fill_mode,
&nsStyleDisplay::mAnimationFillModeCount },
{ eCSSProperty_animation_play_state,
&nsStyleDisplay::mAnimationPlayStateCount },
{ eCSSProperty_animation_iteration_count,
&nsStyleDisplay::mAnimationIterationCountCount },
};
// Information about each transition or animation property that changes
// during ComputeDisplayData.
struct TransitionPropData {
const nsCSSValueList *list;
nsCSSUnit unit;
uint32_t num;
};
static uint32_t
CountTransitionProps(const TransitionPropInfo* aInfo,
TransitionPropData* aData,
size_t aLength,
nsStyleDisplay* aDisplay,
const nsStyleDisplay* aParentDisplay,
const nsRuleData* aRuleData,
bool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
// The four transition properties or eight animation properties are
// stored in nsCSSDisplay in a single array for all properties. The
// number of transitions is equal to the number of items in the
// longest property's value. Properties that have fewer values than
// the longest are filled in by repeating the list. However, this
// repetition does not extend the computed value of that particular
// property (for purposes of inheritance, or, in our code, for when
// other properties are overridden by a more specific rule).
// But actually, since the spec isn't clear yet, we'll fully compute
// all of them (so we can switch easily later), but only care about
// the ones up to the number of items for 'transition-property', per
// http://lists.w3.org/Archives/Public/www-style/2009Aug/0109.html .
// Transitions are difficult to handle correctly because of this. For
// example, we need to handle scenarios such as:
// * a more general rule specifies transition-property: a, b, c;
// * a more specific rule overrides as transition-property: d;
//
// If only the general rule applied, we would fill in the extra
// properties (duration, delay, etc) with initial values to create 3
// fully-specified transitions. But when the more specific rule
// applies, we should only create a single transition. In order to do
// this we need to remember which properties were explicitly specified
// and which ones were just filled in with initial values to get a
// fully-specified transition, which we do by remembering the number
// of values for each property.
uint32_t numTransitions = 0;
for (size_t i = 0; i < aLength; ++i) {
const TransitionPropInfo& info = aInfo[i];
TransitionPropData& data = aData[i];
// cache whether any of the properties are specified as 'inherit' so
// we can use it below
const nsCSSValue& value = *aRuleData->ValueFor(info.property);
data.unit = value.GetUnit();
data.list = (value.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_List ||
value.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_ListDep)
? value.GetListValue() : nullptr;
// General algorithm to determine how many total transitions we need
// to build. For each property:
// - if there is no value specified in for the property in
// displayData, use the values from the start struct, but only if
// they were explicitly specified
// - if there is a value specified for the property in displayData:
// - if the value is 'inherit', count the number of values for
// that property are specified by the parent, but only those
// that were explicitly specified
// - otherwise, count the number of values specified in displayData
// calculate number of elements
if (data.unit == eCSSUnit_Inherit) {
data.num = aParentDisplay->*(info.sdCount);
aCanStoreInRuleTree = false;
} else if (data.list) {
data.num = ListLength(data.list);
} else {
data.num = aDisplay->*(info.sdCount);
}
if (data.num > numTransitions)
numTransitions = data.num;
}
return numTransitions;
}
static void
ComputeTimingFunction(const nsCSSValue& aValue, nsTimingFunction& aResult)
{
switch (aValue.GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_Enumerated:
aResult = nsTimingFunction(aValue.GetIntValue());
break;
case eCSSUnit_Cubic_Bezier:
{
nsCSSValue::Array* array = aValue.GetArrayValue();
NS_ASSERTION(array && array->Count() == 4,
"Need 4 control points");
aResult = nsTimingFunction(array->Item(0).GetFloatValue(),
array->Item(1).GetFloatValue(),
array->Item(2).GetFloatValue(),
array->Item(3).GetFloatValue());
}
break;
case eCSSUnit_Steps:
{
nsCSSValue::Array* array = aValue.GetArrayValue();
NS_ASSERTION(array && array->Count() == 2,
"Need 2 items");
NS_ASSERTION(array->Item(0).GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Integer,
"unexpected first value");
NS_ASSERTION(array->Item(1).GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated &&
(array->Item(1).GetIntValue() ==
NS_STYLE_TRANSITION_TIMING_FUNCTION_STEP_START ||
array->Item(1).GetIntValue() ==
NS_STYLE_TRANSITION_TIMING_FUNCTION_STEP_END),
"unexpected second value");
nsTimingFunction::Type type =
(array->Item(1).GetIntValue() ==
NS_STYLE_TRANSITION_TIMING_FUNCTION_STEP_END)
? nsTimingFunction::StepEnd : nsTimingFunction::StepStart;
aResult = nsTimingFunction(type, array->Item(0).GetIntValue());
}
break;
default:
NS_NOTREACHED("Invalid transition property unit");
}
}
const void*
nsRuleNode::ComputeDisplayData(void* aStartStruct,
const nsRuleData* aRuleData,
nsStyleContext* aContext,
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
const bool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
COMPUTE_START_RESET(Display, (), display, parentDisplay)
// We may have ended up with aStartStruct's values of mDisplay and
// mFloats, but those may not be correct if our style data overrides
// its position or float properties. Reset to mOriginalDisplay and
// mOriginalFloats; it if turns out we still need the display/floats
// adjustments we'll do them below.
display->mDisplay = display->mOriginalDisplay;
display->mFloats = display->mOriginalFloats;
// Each property's index in this array must match its index in the
// const array |transitionPropInfo| above.
TransitionPropData transitionPropData[4];
TransitionPropData& delay = transitionPropData[0];
TransitionPropData& duration = transitionPropData[1];
TransitionPropData& property = transitionPropData[2];
TransitionPropData& timingFunction = transitionPropData[3];
#define FOR_ALL_TRANSITION_PROPS(var_) \
for (uint32_t var_ = 0; var_ < 4; ++var_)
// CSS Transitions
uint32_t numTransitions =
CountTransitionProps(transitionPropInfo, transitionPropData,
ArrayLength(transitionPropData),
display, parentDisplay, aRuleData,
canStoreInRuleTree);
display->mTransitions.SetLength(numTransitions);
FOR_ALL_TRANSITION_PROPS(p) {
const TransitionPropInfo& i = transitionPropInfo[p];
TransitionPropData& d = transitionPropData[p];
display->*(i.sdCount) = d.num;
}
// Fill in the transitions we just allocated with the appropriate values.
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numTransitions; ++i) {
nsTransition *transition = &display->mTransitions[i];
if (i >= delay.num) {
transition->SetDelay(display->mTransitions[i % delay.num].GetDelay());
} else if (delay.unit == eCSSUnit_Inherit) {
// FIXME (Bug 522599) (for all transition properties): write a test that
// detects when this was wrong for i >= delay.num if parent had
// count for this property not equal to length
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(i < parentDisplay->mTransitionDelayCount,
"delay.num computed incorrectly");
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(!canStoreInRuleTree,
"should have made canStoreInRuleTree false above");
transition->SetDelay(parentDisplay->mTransitions[i].GetDelay());
} else if (delay.unit == eCSSUnit_Initial ||
delay.unit == eCSSUnit_Unset) {
transition->SetDelay(0.0);
} else if (delay.list) {
switch (delay.list->mValue.GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_Seconds:
transition->SetDelay(PR_MSEC_PER_SEC *
delay.list->mValue.GetFloatValue());
break;
case eCSSUnit_Milliseconds:
transition->SetDelay(delay.list->mValue.GetFloatValue());
break;
default:
NS_NOTREACHED("Invalid delay unit");
}
}
if (i >= duration.num) {
transition->SetDuration(
display->mTransitions[i % duration.num].GetDuration());
} else if (duration.unit == eCSSUnit_Inherit) {
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(i < parentDisplay->mTransitionDurationCount,
"duration.num computed incorrectly");
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(!canStoreInRuleTree,
"should have made canStoreInRuleTree false above");
transition->SetDuration(parentDisplay->mTransitions[i].GetDuration());
} else if (duration.unit == eCSSUnit_Initial ||
duration.unit == eCSSUnit_Unset) {
transition->SetDuration(0.0);
} else if (duration.list) {
switch (duration.list->mValue.GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_Seconds:
transition->SetDuration(PR_MSEC_PER_SEC *
duration.list->mValue.GetFloatValue());
break;
case eCSSUnit_Milliseconds:
transition->SetDuration(duration.list->mValue.GetFloatValue());
break;
default:
NS_NOTREACHED("Invalid duration unit");
}
}
if (i >= property.num) {
transition->CopyPropertyFrom(display->mTransitions[i % property.num]);
} else if (property.unit == eCSSUnit_Inherit) {
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(i < parentDisplay->mTransitionPropertyCount,
"property.num computed incorrectly");
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(!canStoreInRuleTree,
"should have made canStoreInRuleTree false above");
transition->CopyPropertyFrom(parentDisplay->mTransitions[i]);
} else if (property.unit == eCSSUnit_Initial ||
property.unit == eCSSUnit_Unset) {
transition->SetProperty(eCSSPropertyExtra_all_properties);
} else if (property.unit == eCSSUnit_None) {
transition->SetProperty(eCSSPropertyExtra_no_properties);
} else if (property.list) {
const nsCSSValue &val = property.list->mValue;
if (val.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Ident) {
nsDependentString
propertyStr(property.list->mValue.GetStringBufferValue());
nsCSSProperty prop = nsCSSProps::LookupProperty(propertyStr,
nsCSSProps::eEnabled);
if (prop == eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN) {
transition->SetUnknownProperty(propertyStr);
} else {
transition->SetProperty(prop);
}
} else {
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(val.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_All,
nsPrintfCString("Invalid transition property unit %d",
val.GetUnit()).get());
transition->SetProperty(eCSSPropertyExtra_all_properties);
}
}
if (i >= timingFunction.num) {
transition->SetTimingFunction(
display->mTransitions[i % timingFunction.num].GetTimingFunction());
} else if (timingFunction.unit == eCSSUnit_Inherit) {
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(i < parentDisplay->mTransitionTimingFunctionCount,
"timingFunction.num computed incorrectly");
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(!canStoreInRuleTree,
"should have made canStoreInRuleTree false above");
transition->SetTimingFunction(
parentDisplay->mTransitions[i].GetTimingFunction());
} else if (timingFunction.unit == eCSSUnit_Initial ||
timingFunction.unit == eCSSUnit_Unset) {
transition->SetTimingFunction(
nsTimingFunction(NS_STYLE_TRANSITION_TIMING_FUNCTION_EASE));
} else if (timingFunction.list) {
ComputeTimingFunction(timingFunction.list->mValue,
transition->TimingFunctionSlot());
}
FOR_ALL_TRANSITION_PROPS(p) {
const TransitionPropInfo& info = transitionPropInfo[p];
TransitionPropData& d = transitionPropData[p];
// if we're at the end of the list, start at the beginning and repeat
// until we're out of transitions to populate
if (d.list) {
d.list = d.list->mNext ? d.list->mNext :
aRuleData->ValueFor(info.property)->GetListValue();
}
}
}
// Each property's index in this array must match its index in the
// const array |animationPropInfo| above.
TransitionPropData animationPropData[8];
TransitionPropData& animDelay = animationPropData[0];
TransitionPropData& animDuration = animationPropData[1];
TransitionPropData& animName = animationPropData[2];
TransitionPropData& animTimingFunction = animationPropData[3];
TransitionPropData& animDirection = animationPropData[4];
TransitionPropData& animFillMode = animationPropData[5];
TransitionPropData& animPlayState = animationPropData[6];
TransitionPropData& animIterationCount = animationPropData[7];
#define FOR_ALL_ANIMATION_PROPS(var_) \
for (uint32_t var_ = 0; var_ < 8; ++var_)
// CSS Animations.
uint32_t numAnimations =
CountTransitionProps(animationPropInfo, animationPropData,
ArrayLength(animationPropData),
display, parentDisplay, aRuleData,
canStoreInRuleTree);
display->mAnimations.SetLength(numAnimations);
FOR_ALL_ANIMATION_PROPS(p) {
const TransitionPropInfo& i = animationPropInfo[p];
TransitionPropData& d = animationPropData[p];
display->*(i.sdCount) = d.num;
}
// Fill in the animations we just allocated with the appropriate values.
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numAnimations; ++i) {
nsAnimation *animation = &display->mAnimations[i];
if (i >= animDelay.num) {
animation->SetDelay(display->mAnimations[i % animDelay.num].GetDelay());
} else if (animDelay.unit == eCSSUnit_Inherit) {
// FIXME (Bug 522599) (for all animation properties): write a test that
// detects when this was wrong for i >= animDelay.num if parent had
// count for this property not equal to length
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(i < parentDisplay->mAnimationDelayCount,
"animDelay.num computed incorrectly");
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(!canStoreInRuleTree,
"should have made canStoreInRuleTree false above");
animation->SetDelay(parentDisplay->mAnimations[i].GetDelay());
} else if (animDelay.unit == eCSSUnit_Initial ||
animDelay.unit == eCSSUnit_Unset) {
animation->SetDelay(0.0);
} else if (animDelay.list) {
switch (animDelay.list->mValue.GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_Seconds:
animation->SetDelay(PR_MSEC_PER_SEC *
animDelay.list->mValue.GetFloatValue());
break;
case eCSSUnit_Milliseconds:
animation->SetDelay(animDelay.list->mValue.GetFloatValue());
break;
default:
NS_NOTREACHED("Invalid delay unit");
}
}
if (i >= animDuration.num) {
animation->SetDuration(
display->mAnimations[i % animDuration.num].GetDuration());
} else if (animDuration.unit == eCSSUnit_Inherit) {
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(i < parentDisplay->mAnimationDurationCount,
"animDuration.num computed incorrectly");
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(!canStoreInRuleTree,
"should have made canStoreInRuleTree false above");
animation->SetDuration(parentDisplay->mAnimations[i].GetDuration());
} else if (animDuration.unit == eCSSUnit_Initial ||
animDuration.unit == eCSSUnit_Unset) {
animation->SetDuration(0.0);
} else if (animDuration.list) {
switch (animDuration.list->mValue.GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_Seconds:
animation->SetDuration(PR_MSEC_PER_SEC *
animDuration.list->mValue.GetFloatValue());
break;
case eCSSUnit_Milliseconds:
animation->SetDuration(animDuration.list->mValue.GetFloatValue());
break;
default:
NS_NOTREACHED("Invalid duration unit");
}
}
if (i >= animName.num) {
animation->SetName(display->mAnimations[i % animName.num].GetName());
} else if (animName.unit == eCSSUnit_Inherit) {
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(i < parentDisplay->mAnimationNameCount,
"animName.num computed incorrectly");
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(!canStoreInRuleTree,
"should have made canStoreInRuleTree false above");
animation->SetName(parentDisplay->mAnimations[i].GetName());
} else if (animName.unit == eCSSUnit_Initial ||
animName.unit == eCSSUnit_Unset) {
animation->SetName(EmptyString());
} else if (animName.list) {
switch (animName.list->mValue.GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_Ident: {
nsDependentString
nameStr(animName.list->mValue.GetStringBufferValue());
animation->SetName(nameStr);
break;
}
case eCSSUnit_None: {
animation->SetName(EmptyString());
break;
}
default:
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(false,
nsPrintfCString("Invalid animation-name unit %d",
animName.list->mValue.GetUnit()).get());
}
}
if (i >= animTimingFunction.num) {
animation->SetTimingFunction(
display->mAnimations[i % animTimingFunction.num].GetTimingFunction());
} else if (animTimingFunction.unit == eCSSUnit_Inherit) {
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(i < parentDisplay->mAnimationTimingFunctionCount,
"animTimingFunction.num computed incorrectly");
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(!canStoreInRuleTree,
"should have made canStoreInRuleTree false above");
animation->SetTimingFunction(
parentDisplay->mAnimations[i].GetTimingFunction());
} else if (animTimingFunction.unit == eCSSUnit_Initial ||
animTimingFunction.unit == eCSSUnit_Unset) {
animation->SetTimingFunction(
nsTimingFunction(NS_STYLE_TRANSITION_TIMING_FUNCTION_EASE));
} else if (animTimingFunction.list) {
ComputeTimingFunction(animTimingFunction.list->mValue,
animation->TimingFunctionSlot());
}
if (i >= animDirection.num) {
animation->SetDirection(display->mAnimations[i % animDirection.num].GetDirection());
} else if (animDirection.unit == eCSSUnit_Inherit) {
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(i < parentDisplay->mAnimationDirectionCount,
"animDirection.num computed incorrectly");
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(!canStoreInRuleTree,
"should have made canStoreInRuleTree false above");
animation->SetDirection(parentDisplay->mAnimations[i].GetDirection());
} else if (animDirection.unit == eCSSUnit_Initial ||
animDirection.unit == eCSSUnit_Unset) {
animation->SetDirection(NS_STYLE_ANIMATION_DIRECTION_NORMAL);
} else if (animDirection.list) {
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(animDirection.list->mValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated,
nsPrintfCString("Invalid animation-direction unit %d",
animDirection.list->mValue.GetUnit()).get());
animation->SetDirection(animDirection.list->mValue.GetIntValue());
}
if (i >= animFillMode.num) {
animation->SetFillMode(display->mAnimations[i % animFillMode.num].GetFillMode());
} else if (animFillMode.unit == eCSSUnit_Inherit) {
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(i < parentDisplay->mAnimationFillModeCount,
"animFillMode.num computed incorrectly");
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(!canStoreInRuleTree,
"should have made canStoreInRuleTree false above");
animation->SetFillMode(parentDisplay->mAnimations[i].GetFillMode());
} else if (animFillMode.unit == eCSSUnit_Initial ||
animFillMode.unit == eCSSUnit_Unset) {
animation->SetFillMode(NS_STYLE_ANIMATION_FILL_MODE_NONE);
} else if (animFillMode.list) {
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(animFillMode.list->mValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated,
nsPrintfCString("Invalid animation-fill-mode unit %d",
animFillMode.list->mValue.GetUnit()).get());
animation->SetFillMode(animFillMode.list->mValue.GetIntValue());
}
if (i >= animPlayState.num) {
animation->SetPlayState(display->mAnimations[i % animPlayState.num].GetPlayState());
} else if (animPlayState.unit == eCSSUnit_Inherit) {
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(i < parentDisplay->mAnimationPlayStateCount,
"animPlayState.num computed incorrectly");
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(!canStoreInRuleTree,
"should have made canStoreInRuleTree false above");
animation->SetPlayState(parentDisplay->mAnimations[i].GetPlayState());
} else if (animPlayState.unit == eCSSUnit_Initial ||
animPlayState.unit == eCSSUnit_Unset) {
animation->SetPlayState(NS_STYLE_ANIMATION_PLAY_STATE_RUNNING);
} else if (animPlayState.list) {
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(animPlayState.list->mValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated,
nsPrintfCString("Invalid animation-play-state unit %d",
animPlayState.list->mValue.GetUnit()).get());
animation->SetPlayState(animPlayState.list->mValue.GetIntValue());
}
if (i >= animIterationCount.num) {
animation->SetIterationCount(display->mAnimations[i % animIterationCount.num].GetIterationCount());
} else if (animIterationCount.unit == eCSSUnit_Inherit) {
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(i < parentDisplay->mAnimationIterationCountCount,
"animIterationCount.num computed incorrectly");
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(!canStoreInRuleTree,
"should have made canStoreInRuleTree false above");
animation->SetIterationCount(parentDisplay->mAnimations[i].GetIterationCount());
} else if (animIterationCount.unit == eCSSUnit_Initial ||
animIterationCount.unit == eCSSUnit_Unset) {
animation->SetIterationCount(1.0f);
} else if (animIterationCount.list) {
switch(animIterationCount.list->mValue.GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_Enumerated:
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(animIterationCount.list->mValue.GetIntValue() ==
NS_STYLE_ANIMATION_ITERATION_COUNT_INFINITE,
"unexpected value");
animation->SetIterationCount(NS_IEEEPositiveInfinity());
break;
case eCSSUnit_Number:
animation->SetIterationCount(
animIterationCount.list->mValue.GetFloatValue());
break;
default:
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(false,
"unexpected animation-iteration-count unit");
}
}
FOR_ALL_ANIMATION_PROPS(p) {
const TransitionPropInfo& info = animationPropInfo[p];
TransitionPropData& d = animationPropData[p];
// if we're at the end of the list, start at the beginning and repeat
// until we're out of animations to populate
if (d.list) {
d.list = d.list->mNext ? d.list->mNext :
aRuleData->ValueFor(info.property)->GetListValue();
}
}
}
// opacity: factor, inherit, initial
SetFactor(*aRuleData->ValueForOpacity(), display->mOpacity, canStoreInRuleTree,
parentDisplay->mOpacity, 1.0f,
SETFCT_OPACITY | SETFCT_UNSET_INITIAL);
// display: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForDisplay(), display->mDisplay, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentDisplay->mDisplay,
NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_INLINE, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// mix-blend-mode: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForMixBlendMode(), display->mMixBlendMode,
canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentDisplay->mMixBlendMode, NS_STYLE_BLEND_NORMAL,
0, 0, 0, 0);
// Backup original display value for calculation of a hypothetical
// box (CSS2 10.6.4/10.6.5), in addition to getting our style data right later.
// See nsHTMLReflowState::CalculateHypotheticalBox
display->mOriginalDisplay = display->mDisplay;
// appearance: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForAppearance(),
display->mAppearance, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentDisplay->mAppearance,
NS_THEME_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// binding: url, none, inherit
const nsCSSValue* bindingValue = aRuleData->ValueForBinding();
if (eCSSUnit_URL == bindingValue->GetUnit()) {
mozilla::css::URLValue* url = bindingValue->GetURLStructValue();
NS_ASSERTION(url, "What's going on here?");
if (MOZ_LIKELY(url->GetURI())) {
display->mBinding = url;
} else {
display->mBinding = nullptr;
}
}
else if (eCSSUnit_None == bindingValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Initial == bindingValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == bindingValue->GetUnit()) {
display->mBinding = nullptr;
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == bindingValue->GetUnit()) {
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
display->mBinding = parentDisplay->mBinding;
}
// position: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForPosition(), display->mPosition, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentDisplay->mPosition,
NS_STYLE_POSITION_STATIC, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// clear: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForClear(), display->mBreakType, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentDisplay->mBreakType,
NS_STYLE_CLEAR_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// temp fix for bug 24000
// Map 'auto' and 'avoid' to false, and 'always', 'left', and
// 'right' to true.
// "A conforming user agent may interpret the values 'left' and
// 'right' as 'always'." - CSS2.1, section 13.3.1
const nsCSSValue* breakBeforeValue = aRuleData->ValueForPageBreakBefore();
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == breakBeforeValue->GetUnit()) {
display->mBreakBefore =
(NS_STYLE_PAGE_BREAK_AVOID != breakBeforeValue->GetIntValue() &&
NS_STYLE_PAGE_BREAK_AUTO != breakBeforeValue->GetIntValue());
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == breakBeforeValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == breakBeforeValue->GetUnit()) {
display->mBreakBefore = false;
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == breakBeforeValue->GetUnit()) {
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
display->mBreakBefore = parentDisplay->mBreakBefore;
}
const nsCSSValue* breakAfterValue = aRuleData->ValueForPageBreakAfter();
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == breakAfterValue->GetUnit()) {
display->mBreakAfter =
(NS_STYLE_PAGE_BREAK_AVOID != breakAfterValue->GetIntValue() &&
NS_STYLE_PAGE_BREAK_AUTO != breakAfterValue->GetIntValue());
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == breakAfterValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == breakAfterValue->GetUnit()) {
display->mBreakAfter = false;
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == breakAfterValue->GetUnit()) {
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
display->mBreakAfter = parentDisplay->mBreakAfter;
}
// end temp fix
// page-break-inside: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForPageBreakInside(),
display->mBreakInside, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentDisplay->mBreakInside,
NS_STYLE_PAGE_BREAK_AUTO, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// touch-action: none, auto, enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForTouchAction(), display->mTouchAction,
canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_AUTO | SETDSC_NONE |
SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentDisplay->mTouchAction,
NS_STYLE_TOUCH_ACTION_AUTO,
NS_STYLE_TOUCH_ACTION_AUTO,
NS_STYLE_TOUCH_ACTION_NONE, 0, 0);
// float: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForFloat(),
display->mFloats, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentDisplay->mFloats,
NS_STYLE_FLOAT_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// Save mFloats in mOriginalFloats in case we need it later
display->mOriginalFloats = display->mFloats;
// overflow-x: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForOverflowX(),
display->mOverflowX, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentDisplay->mOverflowX,
NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_VISIBLE, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// overflow-y: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForOverflowY(),
display->mOverflowY, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentDisplay->mOverflowY,
NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_VISIBLE, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// CSS3 overflow-x and overflow-y require some fixup as well in some
// cases. NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_VISIBLE and NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_CLIP are
// meaningful only when used in both dimensions.
if (display->mOverflowX != display->mOverflowY &&
(display->mOverflowX == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_VISIBLE ||
display->mOverflowX == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_CLIP ||
display->mOverflowY == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_VISIBLE ||
display->mOverflowY == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_CLIP)) {
// We can't store in the rule tree since a more specific rule might
// change these conditions.
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
// NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_CLIP is a deprecated value, so if it's specified
// in only one dimension, convert it to NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN.
if (display->mOverflowX == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_CLIP)
display->mOverflowX = NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN;
if (display->mOverflowY == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_CLIP)
display->mOverflowY = NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN;
// If 'visible' is specified but doesn't match the other dimension, it
// turns into 'auto'.
if (display->mOverflowX == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_VISIBLE)
display->mOverflowX = NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_AUTO;
if (display->mOverflowY == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_VISIBLE)
display->mOverflowY = NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_AUTO;
}
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForResize(), display->mResize, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentDisplay->mResize,
NS_STYLE_RESIZE_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// clip property: length, auto, inherit
const nsCSSValue* clipValue = aRuleData->ValueForClip();
switch (clipValue->GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_Inherit:
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
display->mClipFlags = parentDisplay->mClipFlags;
display->mClip = parentDisplay->mClip;
break;
case eCSSUnit_Initial:
case eCSSUnit_Unset:
case eCSSUnit_Auto:
display->mClipFlags = NS_STYLE_CLIP_AUTO;
display->mClip.SetRect(0,0,0,0);
break;
case eCSSUnit_Null:
break;
case eCSSUnit_Rect: {
const nsCSSRect& clipRect = clipValue->GetRectValue();
display->mClipFlags = NS_STYLE_CLIP_RECT;
if (clipRect.mTop.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Auto) {
display->mClip.y = 0;
display->mClipFlags |= NS_STYLE_CLIP_TOP_AUTO;
}
else if (clipRect.mTop.IsLengthUnit()) {
display->mClip.y = CalcLength(clipRect.mTop, aContext,
mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
}
if (clipRect.mBottom.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Auto) {
// Setting to NS_MAXSIZE for the 'auto' case ensures that
// the clip rect is nonempty. It is important that mClip be
// nonempty if the actual clip rect could be nonempty.
display->mClip.height = NS_MAXSIZE;
display->mClipFlags |= NS_STYLE_CLIP_BOTTOM_AUTO;
}
else if (clipRect.mBottom.IsLengthUnit()) {
display->mClip.height = CalcLength(clipRect.mBottom, aContext,
mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree) -
display->mClip.y;
}
if (clipRect.mLeft.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Auto) {
display->mClip.x = 0;
display->mClipFlags |= NS_STYLE_CLIP_LEFT_AUTO;
}
else if (clipRect.mLeft.IsLengthUnit()) {
display->mClip.x = CalcLength(clipRect.mLeft, aContext,
mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
}
if (clipRect.mRight.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Auto) {
// Setting to NS_MAXSIZE for the 'auto' case ensures that
// the clip rect is nonempty. It is important that mClip be
// nonempty if the actual clip rect could be nonempty.
display->mClip.width = NS_MAXSIZE;
display->mClipFlags |= NS_STYLE_CLIP_RIGHT_AUTO;
}
else if (clipRect.mRight.IsLengthUnit()) {
display->mClip.width = CalcLength(clipRect.mRight, aContext,
mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree) -
display->mClip.x;
}
break;
}
default:
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(false, "unrecognized clip unit");
}
if (display->mDisplay != NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_NONE) {
// CSS2 9.7 specifies display type corrections dealing with 'float'
// and 'position'. Since generated content can't be floated or
// positioned, we can deal with it here.
if (nsCSSPseudoElements::firstLetter == aContext->GetPseudo()) {
// a non-floating first-letter must be inline
// XXX this fix can go away once bug 103189 is fixed correctly
// Note that we reset mOriginalDisplay to enforce the invariant that it equals mDisplay if we're not positioned or floating.
display->mOriginalDisplay = display->mDisplay = NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_INLINE;
// We can't cache the data in the rule tree since if a more specific
// rule has 'float: left' we'll end up with the wrong 'display'
// property.
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
}
if (display->IsAbsolutelyPositionedStyle()) {
// 1) if position is 'absolute' or 'fixed' then display must be
// block-level and float must be 'none'
EnsureBlockDisplay(display->mDisplay);
display->mFloats = NS_STYLE_FLOAT_NONE;
// Note that it's OK to cache this struct in the ruletree
// because it's fine as-is for any style context that points to
// it directly, and any use of it as aStartStruct (e.g. if a
// more specific rule sets "position: static") will use
// mOriginalDisplay and mOriginalFloats, which we have carefully
// not changed.
} else if (display->mFloats != NS_STYLE_FLOAT_NONE) {
// 2) if float is not none, and display is not none, then we must
// set a block-level 'display' type per CSS2.1 section 9.7.
EnsureBlockDisplay(display->mDisplay);
// Note that it's OK to cache this struct in the ruletree
// because it's fine as-is for any style context that points to
// it directly, and any use of it as aStartStruct (e.g. if a
// more specific rule sets "float: none") will use
// mOriginalDisplay, which we have carefully not changed.
}
}
/* Convert the nsCSSValueList into an nsTArray<nsTransformFunction *>. */
const nsCSSValue* transformValue = aRuleData->ValueForTransform();
switch (transformValue->GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_Null:
break;
case eCSSUnit_Initial:
case eCSSUnit_Unset:
case eCSSUnit_None:
display->mSpecifiedTransform = nullptr;
break;
case eCSSUnit_Inherit:
display->mSpecifiedTransform = parentDisplay->mSpecifiedTransform;
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
break;
case eCSSUnit_SharedList: {
nsCSSValueSharedList* list = transformValue->GetSharedListValue();
nsCSSValueList* head = list->mHead;
MOZ_ASSERT(head, "transform list must have at least one item");
// can get a _None in here from transform animation
if (head->mValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_None) {
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(head->mNext == nullptr, "none must be alone");
display->mSpecifiedTransform = nullptr;
} else {
display->mSpecifiedTransform = list;
}
break;
}
default:
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(false, "unrecognized transform unit");
}
/* Convert the nsCSSValueList into a will-change bitfield for fast lookup */
const nsCSSValue* willChangeValue = aRuleData->ValueForWillChange();
switch (willChangeValue->GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_Null:
break;
case eCSSUnit_List:
case eCSSUnit_ListDep: {
display->mWillChange.Clear();
display->mWillChangeBitField = 0;
for (const nsCSSValueList* item = willChangeValue->GetListValue();
item; item = item->mNext)
{
if (item->mValue.UnitHasStringValue()) {
nsAutoString buffer;
item->mValue.GetStringValue(buffer);
if (buffer.EqualsLiteral("transform")) {
display->mWillChangeBitField |= NS_STYLE_WILL_CHANGE_TRANSFORM;
}
if (buffer.EqualsLiteral("opacity")) {
display->mWillChangeBitField |= NS_STYLE_WILL_CHANGE_OPACITY;
}
if (buffer.EqualsLiteral("scroll-position")) {
display->mWillChangeBitField |= NS_STYLE_WILL_CHANGE_SCROLL;
}
display->mWillChange.AppendElement(buffer);
}
}
break;
}
case eCSSUnit_Inherit:
display->mWillChange = parentDisplay->mWillChange;
display->mWillChangeBitField = parentDisplay->mWillChangeBitField;
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
break;
case eCSSUnit_Initial:
case eCSSUnit_Unset:
case eCSSUnit_Auto:
display->mWillChange.Clear();
display->mWillChangeBitField = 0;
break;
default:
MOZ_ASSERT(false, "unrecognized will-change unit");
}
/* Convert -moz-transform-origin. */
const nsCSSValue* transformOriginValue =
aRuleData->ValueForTransformOrigin();
if (transformOriginValue->GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Null) {
const nsCSSValue& valX =
transformOriginValue->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Triplet ?
transformOriginValue->GetTripletValue().mXValue : *transformOriginValue;
const nsCSSValue& valY =
transformOriginValue->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Triplet ?
transformOriginValue->GetTripletValue().mYValue : *transformOriginValue;
const nsCSSValue& valZ =
transformOriginValue->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Triplet ?
transformOriginValue->GetTripletValue().mZValue : *transformOriginValue;
mozilla::DebugOnly<bool> cX =
SetCoord(valX, display->mTransformOrigin[0],
parentDisplay->mTransformOrigin[0],
SETCOORD_LPH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_HALF |
SETCOORD_BOX_POSITION | SETCOORD_STORE_CALC |
SETCOORD_UNSET_INITIAL,
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
mozilla::DebugOnly<bool> cY =
SetCoord(valY, display->mTransformOrigin[1],
parentDisplay->mTransformOrigin[1],
SETCOORD_LPH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_HALF |
SETCOORD_BOX_POSITION | SETCOORD_STORE_CALC |
SETCOORD_UNSET_INITIAL,
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
if (valZ.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null) {
// Null for the z component means a 0 translation, not
// unspecified, as we have already checked the triplet
// value for Null.
display->mTransformOrigin[2].SetCoordValue(0);
} else {
mozilla::DebugOnly<bool> cZ =
SetCoord(valZ, display->mTransformOrigin[2],
parentDisplay->mTransformOrigin[2],
SETCOORD_LH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_ZERO | SETCOORD_STORE_CALC |
SETCOORD_UNSET_INITIAL,
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(cY == cZ, "changed one but not the other");
}
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(cX == cY, "changed one but not the other");
NS_ASSERTION(cX, "Malformed -moz-transform-origin parse!");
}
const nsCSSValue* perspectiveOriginValue =
aRuleData->ValueForPerspectiveOrigin();
if (perspectiveOriginValue->GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Null) {
mozilla::DebugOnly<bool> result =
SetPairCoords(*perspectiveOriginValue,
display->mPerspectiveOrigin[0],
display->mPerspectiveOrigin[1],
parentDisplay->mPerspectiveOrigin[0],
parentDisplay->mPerspectiveOrigin[1],
SETCOORD_LPH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_HALF |
SETCOORD_BOX_POSITION | SETCOORD_STORE_CALC |
SETCOORD_UNSET_INITIAL,
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
NS_ASSERTION(result, "Malformed -moz-perspective-origin parse!");
}
SetCoord(*aRuleData->ValueForPerspective(),
display->mChildPerspective, parentDisplay->mChildPerspective,
SETCOORD_LAH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_ZERO | SETCOORD_NONE |
SETCOORD_UNSET_INITIAL,
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForBackfaceVisibility(),
display->mBackfaceVisibility, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentDisplay->mBackfaceVisibility,
NS_STYLE_BACKFACE_VISIBILITY_VISIBLE, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// transform-style: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForTransformStyle(),
display->mTransformStyle, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentDisplay->mTransformStyle,
NS_STYLE_TRANSFORM_STYLE_FLAT, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// orient: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForOrient(),
display->mOrient, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentDisplay->mOrient,
NS_STYLE_ORIENT_AUTO, 0, 0, 0, 0);
COMPUTE_END_RESET(Display, display)
}
const void*
nsRuleNode::ComputeVisibilityData(void* aStartStruct,
const nsRuleData* aRuleData,
nsStyleContext* aContext,
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
const bool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
COMPUTE_START_INHERITED(Visibility, (mPresContext),
visibility, parentVisibility)
// IMPORTANT: No properties in this struct have lengths in them. We
// depend on this since CalcLengthWith can call StyleVisibility()
// to get the language for resolving fonts!
// direction: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForDirection(), visibility->mDirection,
canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
parentVisibility->mDirection,
(GET_BIDI_OPTION_DIRECTION(mPresContext->GetBidi())
== IBMBIDI_TEXTDIRECTION_RTL)
? NS_STYLE_DIRECTION_RTL : NS_STYLE_DIRECTION_LTR,
0, 0, 0, 0);
// visibility: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForVisibility(), visibility->mVisible,
canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
parentVisibility->mVisible,
NS_STYLE_VISIBILITY_VISIBLE, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// pointer-events: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForPointerEvents(), visibility->mPointerEvents,
canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
parentVisibility->mPointerEvents,
NS_STYLE_POINTER_EVENTS_AUTO, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// writing-mode: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForWritingMode(), visibility->mWritingMode,
canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
parentVisibility->mWritingMode,
NS_STYLE_WRITING_MODE_HORIZONTAL_TB, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// image-orientation: enum, inherit, initial
const nsCSSValue* orientation = aRuleData->ValueForImageOrientation();
if (orientation->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Inherit ||
orientation->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Unset) {
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
visibility->mImageOrientation = parentVisibility->mImageOrientation;
} else if (orientation->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Initial) {
visibility->mImageOrientation = nsStyleImageOrientation();
} else if (orientation->IsAngularUnit()) {
double angle = orientation->GetAngleValueInRadians();
visibility->mImageOrientation =
nsStyleImageOrientation::CreateAsAngleAndFlip(angle, false);
} else if (orientation->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Array) {
const nsCSSValue::Array* array = orientation->GetArrayValue();
MOZ_ASSERT(array->Item(0).IsAngularUnit(),
"First image-orientation value is not an angle");
MOZ_ASSERT(array->Item(1).GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated &&
array->Item(1).GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_IMAGE_ORIENTATION_FLIP,
"Second image-orientation value is not 'flip'");
double angle = array->Item(0).GetAngleValueInRadians();
visibility->mImageOrientation =
nsStyleImageOrientation::CreateAsAngleAndFlip(angle, true);
} else if (orientation->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated) {
switch (orientation->GetIntValue()) {
case NS_STYLE_IMAGE_ORIENTATION_FLIP:
visibility->mImageOrientation = nsStyleImageOrientation::CreateAsFlip();
break;
case NS_STYLE_IMAGE_ORIENTATION_FROM_IMAGE:
visibility->mImageOrientation = nsStyleImageOrientation::CreateAsFromImage();
break;
default:
NS_NOTREACHED("Invalid image-orientation enumerated value");
}
} else {
MOZ_ASSERT(orientation->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null, "Should be null unit");
}
COMPUTE_END_INHERITED(Visibility, visibility)
}
const void*
nsRuleNode::ComputeColorData(void* aStartStruct,
const nsRuleData* aRuleData,
nsStyleContext* aContext,
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
const bool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
COMPUTE_START_INHERITED(Color, (mPresContext), color, parentColor)
// color: color, string, inherit
// Special case for currentColor. According to CSS3, setting color to 'currentColor'
// should behave as if it is inherited
const nsCSSValue* colorValue = aRuleData->ValueForColor();
if ((colorValue->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_EnumColor &&
colorValue->GetIntValue() == NS_COLOR_CURRENTCOLOR) ||
colorValue->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Unset) {
color->mColor = parentColor->mColor;
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
}
else if (colorValue->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Initial) {
color->mColor = mPresContext->DefaultColor();
}
else {
SetColor(*colorValue, parentColor->mColor, mPresContext, aContext,
color->mColor, canStoreInRuleTree);
}
COMPUTE_END_INHERITED(Color, color)
}
// information about how to compute values for background-* properties
template <class SpecifiedValueItem, class ComputedValueItem>
struct BackgroundItemComputer {
};
template <>
struct BackgroundItemComputer<nsCSSValueList, uint8_t>
{
static void ComputeValue(nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
const nsCSSValueList* aSpecifiedValue,
uint8_t& aComputedValue,
bool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
SetDiscrete(aSpecifiedValue->mValue, aComputedValue, aCanStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, uint8_t(0), 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
}
};
template <>
struct BackgroundItemComputer<nsCSSValuePairList, nsStyleBackground::Repeat>
{
static void ComputeValue(nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
const nsCSSValuePairList* aSpecifiedValue,
nsStyleBackground::Repeat& aComputedValue,
bool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
NS_ASSERTION(aSpecifiedValue->mXValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated &&
(aSpecifiedValue->mYValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated ||
aSpecifiedValue->mYValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null),
"Invalid unit");
bool hasContraction = true;
uint8_t value = aSpecifiedValue->mXValue.GetIntValue();
switch (value) {
case NS_STYLE_BG_REPEAT_REPEAT_X:
aComputedValue.mXRepeat = NS_STYLE_BG_REPEAT_REPEAT;
aComputedValue.mYRepeat = NS_STYLE_BG_REPEAT_NO_REPEAT;
break;
case NS_STYLE_BG_REPEAT_REPEAT_Y:
aComputedValue.mXRepeat = NS_STYLE_BG_REPEAT_NO_REPEAT;
aComputedValue.mYRepeat = NS_STYLE_BG_REPEAT_REPEAT;
break;
default:
aComputedValue.mXRepeat = value;
hasContraction = false;
break;
}
if (hasContraction) {
NS_ASSERTION(aSpecifiedValue->mYValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null,
"Invalid unit.");
return;
}
switch (aSpecifiedValue->mYValue.GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_Null:
aComputedValue.mYRepeat = aComputedValue.mXRepeat;
break;
case eCSSUnit_Enumerated:
value = aSpecifiedValue->mYValue.GetIntValue();
NS_ASSERTION(value == NS_STYLE_BG_REPEAT_NO_REPEAT ||
value == NS_STYLE_BG_REPEAT_REPEAT, "Unexpected value");
aComputedValue.mYRepeat = value;
break;
default:
NS_NOTREACHED("Unexpected CSS value");
break;
}
}
};
template <>
struct BackgroundItemComputer<nsCSSValueList, nsStyleImage>
{
static void ComputeValue(nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
const nsCSSValueList* aSpecifiedValue,
nsStyleImage& aComputedValue,
bool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
SetStyleImage(aStyleContext, aSpecifiedValue->mValue, aComputedValue,
aCanStoreInRuleTree);
}
};
/* Helper function for
* BackgroundItemComputer<nsCSSValue, nsStyleBackground::Position>
* It computes a single PositionCoord from an nsCSSValue object
* (contained in a list).
*/
typedef nsStyleBackground::Position::PositionCoord PositionCoord;
static void
ComputeBackgroundPositionCoord(nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
const nsCSSValue& aEdge,
const nsCSSValue& aOffset,
PositionCoord* aResult,
bool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
if (eCSSUnit_Percent == aOffset.GetUnit()) {
aResult->mLength = 0;
aResult->mPercent = aOffset.GetPercentValue();
aResult->mHasPercent = true;
} else if (aOffset.IsLengthUnit()) {
aResult->mLength = CalcLength(aOffset, aStyleContext,
aStyleContext->PresContext(),
aCanStoreInRuleTree);
aResult->mPercent = 0.0f;
aResult->mHasPercent = false;
} else if (aOffset.IsCalcUnit()) {
LengthPercentPairCalcOps ops(aStyleContext,
aStyleContext->PresContext(),
aCanStoreInRuleTree);
nsRuleNode::ComputedCalc vals = ComputeCalc(aOffset, ops);
aResult->mLength = vals.mLength;
aResult->mPercent = vals.mPercent;
aResult->mHasPercent = ops.mHasPercent;
} else {
aResult->mLength = 0;
aResult->mPercent = 0.0f;
aResult->mHasPercent = false;
NS_ASSERTION(aOffset.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null, "unexpected unit");
}
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == aEdge.GetUnit()) {
int sign;
if (aEdge.GetIntValue() & (NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_BOTTOM |
NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_RIGHT)) {
sign = -1;
} else {
sign = 1;
}
aResult->mPercent = GetFloatFromBoxPosition(aEdge.GetIntValue()) +
sign * aResult->mPercent;
aResult->mLength = sign * aResult->mLength;
aResult->mHasPercent = true;
} else {
NS_ASSERTION(eCSSUnit_Null == aEdge.GetUnit(), "unexpected unit");
}
}
template <>
struct BackgroundItemComputer<nsCSSValueList, nsStyleBackground::Position>
{
static void ComputeValue(nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
const nsCSSValueList* aSpecifiedValue,
nsStyleBackground::Position& aComputedValue,
bool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
NS_ASSERTION(aSpecifiedValue->mValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Array, "bg-position not an array");
nsRefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> bgPositionArray =
aSpecifiedValue->mValue.GetArrayValue();
const nsCSSValue &xEdge = bgPositionArray->Item(0);
const nsCSSValue &xOffset = bgPositionArray->Item(1);
const nsCSSValue &yEdge = bgPositionArray->Item(2);
const nsCSSValue &yOffset = bgPositionArray->Item(3);
NS_ASSERTION((eCSSUnit_Enumerated == xEdge.GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Null == xEdge.GetUnit()) &&
(eCSSUnit_Enumerated == yEdge.GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Null == yEdge.GetUnit()) &&
eCSSUnit_Enumerated != xOffset.GetUnit() &&
eCSSUnit_Enumerated != yOffset.GetUnit(),
"Invalid background position");
ComputeBackgroundPositionCoord(aStyleContext, xEdge, xOffset,
&aComputedValue.mXPosition,
aCanStoreInRuleTree);
ComputeBackgroundPositionCoord(aStyleContext, yEdge, yOffset,
&aComputedValue.mYPosition,
aCanStoreInRuleTree);
}
};
struct BackgroundSizeAxis {
nsCSSValue nsCSSValuePairList::* specified;
nsStyleBackground::Size::Dimension nsStyleBackground::Size::* result;
uint8_t nsStyleBackground::Size::* type;
};
static const BackgroundSizeAxis gBGSizeAxes[] = {
{ &nsCSSValuePairList::mXValue,
&nsStyleBackground::Size::mWidth,
&nsStyleBackground::Size::mWidthType },
{ &nsCSSValuePairList::mYValue,
&nsStyleBackground::Size::mHeight,
&nsStyleBackground::Size::mHeightType }
};
template <>
struct BackgroundItemComputer<nsCSSValuePairList, nsStyleBackground::Size>
{
static void ComputeValue(nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
const nsCSSValuePairList* aSpecifiedValue,
nsStyleBackground::Size& aComputedValue,
bool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
nsStyleBackground::Size &size = aComputedValue;
for (const BackgroundSizeAxis *axis = gBGSizeAxes,
*axis_end = ArrayEnd(gBGSizeAxes);
axis < axis_end; ++axis) {
const nsCSSValue &specified = aSpecifiedValue->*(axis->specified);
if (eCSSUnit_Auto == specified.GetUnit()) {
size.*(axis->type) = nsStyleBackground::Size::eAuto;
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == specified.GetUnit()) {
static_assert(nsStyleBackground::Size::eContain ==
NS_STYLE_BG_SIZE_CONTAIN &&
nsStyleBackground::Size::eCover ==
NS_STYLE_BG_SIZE_COVER,
"background size constants out of sync");
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(specified.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_BG_SIZE_CONTAIN ||
specified.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_BG_SIZE_COVER,
"invalid enumerated value for size coordinate");
size.*(axis->type) = specified.GetIntValue();
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Null == specified.GetUnit()) {
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(axis == gBGSizeAxes + 1,
"null allowed only as height value, and only "
"for contain/cover/initial/inherit");
#ifdef DEBUG
{
const nsCSSValue &widthValue = aSpecifiedValue->mXValue;
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(widthValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Inherit &&
widthValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Initial &&
widthValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Unset,
"initial/inherit/unset should already have been handled");
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(widthValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated &&
(widthValue.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_BG_SIZE_CONTAIN ||
widthValue.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_BG_SIZE_COVER),
"null height value not corresponding to allowable "
"non-null width value");
}
#endif
size.*(axis->type) = size.mWidthType;
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Percent == specified.GetUnit()) {
(size.*(axis->result)).mLength = 0;
(size.*(axis->result)).mPercent = specified.GetPercentValue();
(size.*(axis->result)).mHasPercent = true;
size.*(axis->type) = nsStyleBackground::Size::eLengthPercentage;
}
else if (specified.IsLengthUnit()) {
(size.*(axis->result)).mLength =
CalcLength(specified, aStyleContext, aStyleContext->PresContext(),
aCanStoreInRuleTree);
(size.*(axis->result)).mPercent = 0.0f;
(size.*(axis->result)).mHasPercent = false;
size.*(axis->type) = nsStyleBackground::Size::eLengthPercentage;
} else {
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(specified.IsCalcUnit(), "unexpected unit");
LengthPercentPairCalcOps ops(aStyleContext,
aStyleContext->PresContext(),
aCanStoreInRuleTree);
nsRuleNode::ComputedCalc vals = ComputeCalc(specified, ops);
(size.*(axis->result)).mLength = vals.mLength;
(size.*(axis->result)).mPercent = vals.mPercent;
(size.*(axis->result)).mHasPercent = ops.mHasPercent;
size.*(axis->type) = nsStyleBackground::Size::eLengthPercentage;
}
}
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(size.mWidthType < nsStyleBackground::Size::eDimensionType_COUNT,
"bad width type");
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(size.mHeightType < nsStyleBackground::Size::eDimensionType_COUNT,
"bad height type");
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE((size.mWidthType != nsStyleBackground::Size::eContain &&
size.mWidthType != nsStyleBackground::Size::eCover) ||
size.mWidthType == size.mHeightType,
"contain/cover apply to both dimensions or to neither");
}
};
template <class ComputedValueItem>
static void
SetBackgroundList(nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
const nsCSSValue& aValue,
nsAutoTArray< nsStyleBackground::Layer, 1> &aLayers,
const nsAutoTArray<nsStyleBackground::Layer, 1> &aParentLayers,
ComputedValueItem nsStyleBackground::Layer::* aResultLocation,
ComputedValueItem aInitialValue,
uint32_t aParentItemCount,
uint32_t& aItemCount,
uint32_t& aMaxItemCount,
bool& aRebuild,
bool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
switch (aValue.GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_Null:
break;
case eCSSUnit_Inherit:
aRebuild = true;
aCanStoreInRuleTree = false;
aLayers.EnsureLengthAtLeast(aParentItemCount);
aItemCount = aParentItemCount;
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < aParentItemCount; ++i) {
aLayers[i].*aResultLocation = aParentLayers[i].*aResultLocation;
}
break;
case eCSSUnit_Initial:
case eCSSUnit_Unset:
aRebuild = true;
aItemCount = 1;
aLayers[0].*aResultLocation = aInitialValue;
break;
case eCSSUnit_List:
case eCSSUnit_ListDep: {
aRebuild = true;
aItemCount = 0;
const nsCSSValueList* item = aValue.GetListValue();
do {
NS_ASSERTION(item->mValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Null &&
item->mValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Inherit &&
item->mValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Initial &&
item->mValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Unset,
"unexpected unit");
++aItemCount;
aLayers.EnsureLengthAtLeast(aItemCount);
BackgroundItemComputer<nsCSSValueList, ComputedValueItem>
::ComputeValue(aStyleContext, item,
aLayers[aItemCount-1].*aResultLocation,
aCanStoreInRuleTree);
item = item->mNext;
} while (item);
break;
}
default:
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(false,
nsPrintfCString("unexpected unit %d",
aValue.GetUnit()).get());
}
if (aItemCount > aMaxItemCount)
aMaxItemCount = aItemCount;
}
template <class ComputedValueItem>
static void
SetBackgroundPairList(nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
const nsCSSValue& aValue,
nsAutoTArray< nsStyleBackground::Layer, 1> &aLayers,
const nsAutoTArray<nsStyleBackground::Layer, 1>
&aParentLayers,
ComputedValueItem nsStyleBackground::Layer::*
aResultLocation,
ComputedValueItem aInitialValue,
uint32_t aParentItemCount,
uint32_t& aItemCount,
uint32_t& aMaxItemCount,
bool& aRebuild,
bool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
switch (aValue.GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_Null:
break;
case eCSSUnit_Inherit:
aRebuild = true;
aCanStoreInRuleTree = false;
aLayers.EnsureLengthAtLeast(aParentItemCount);
aItemCount = aParentItemCount;
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < aParentItemCount; ++i) {
aLayers[i].*aResultLocation = aParentLayers[i].*aResultLocation;
}
break;
case eCSSUnit_Initial:
case eCSSUnit_Unset:
aRebuild = true;
aItemCount = 1;
aLayers[0].*aResultLocation = aInitialValue;
break;
case eCSSUnit_PairList:
case eCSSUnit_PairListDep: {
aRebuild = true;
aItemCount = 0;
const nsCSSValuePairList* item = aValue.GetPairListValue();
do {
NS_ASSERTION(item->mXValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Inherit &&
item->mXValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Initial &&
item->mXValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Unset &&
item->mYValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Inherit &&
item->mYValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Initial &&
item->mYValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Unset,
"unexpected unit");
++aItemCount;
aLayers.EnsureLengthAtLeast(aItemCount);
BackgroundItemComputer<nsCSSValuePairList, ComputedValueItem>
::ComputeValue(aStyleContext, item,
aLayers[aItemCount-1].*aResultLocation,
aCanStoreInRuleTree);
item = item->mNext;
} while (item);
break;
}
default:
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(false,
nsPrintfCString("unexpected unit %d",
aValue.GetUnit()).get());
}
if (aItemCount > aMaxItemCount)
aMaxItemCount = aItemCount;
}
template <class ComputedValueItem>
static void
FillBackgroundList(nsAutoTArray< nsStyleBackground::Layer, 1> &aLayers,
ComputedValueItem nsStyleBackground::Layer::* aResultLocation,
uint32_t aItemCount, uint32_t aFillCount)
{
NS_PRECONDITION(aFillCount <= aLayers.Length(), "unexpected array length");
for (uint32_t sourceLayer = 0, destLayer = aItemCount;
destLayer < aFillCount;
++sourceLayer, ++destLayer) {
aLayers[destLayer].*aResultLocation =
aLayers[sourceLayer].*aResultLocation;
}
}
const void*
nsRuleNode::ComputeBackgroundData(void* aStartStruct,
const nsRuleData* aRuleData,
nsStyleContext* aContext,
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
const bool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
COMPUTE_START_RESET(Background, (), bg, parentBG)
// background-color: color, string, inherit
const nsCSSValue* backColorValue = aRuleData->ValueForBackgroundColor();
if (eCSSUnit_Initial == backColorValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == backColorValue->GetUnit()) {
bg->mBackgroundColor = NS_RGBA(0, 0, 0, 0);
} else if (!SetColor(*backColorValue, parentBG->mBackgroundColor,
mPresContext, aContext, bg->mBackgroundColor,
canStoreInRuleTree)) {
NS_ASSERTION(eCSSUnit_Null == backColorValue->GetUnit(),
"unexpected color unit");
}
uint32_t maxItemCount = 1;
bool rebuild = false;
// background-image: url (stored as image), none, inherit [list]
nsStyleImage initialImage;
SetBackgroundList(aContext, *aRuleData->ValueForBackgroundImage(),
bg->mLayers,
parentBG->mLayers, &nsStyleBackground::Layer::mImage,
initialImage, parentBG->mImageCount, bg->mImageCount,
maxItemCount, rebuild, canStoreInRuleTree);
// background-repeat: enum, inherit, initial [pair list]
nsStyleBackground::Repeat initialRepeat;
initialRepeat.SetInitialValues();
SetBackgroundPairList(aContext, *aRuleData->ValueForBackgroundRepeat(),
bg->mLayers,
parentBG->mLayers, &nsStyleBackground::Layer::mRepeat,
initialRepeat, parentBG->mRepeatCount,
bg->mRepeatCount, maxItemCount, rebuild,
canStoreInRuleTree);
// background-attachment: enum, inherit, initial [list]
SetBackgroundList(aContext, *aRuleData->ValueForBackgroundAttachment(),
bg->mLayers, parentBG->mLayers,
&nsStyleBackground::Layer::mAttachment,
uint8_t(NS_STYLE_BG_ATTACHMENT_SCROLL),
parentBG->mAttachmentCount,
bg->mAttachmentCount, maxItemCount, rebuild,
canStoreInRuleTree);
// background-clip: enum, inherit, initial [list]
SetBackgroundList(aContext, *aRuleData->ValueForBackgroundClip(),
bg->mLayers,
parentBG->mLayers, &nsStyleBackground::Layer::mClip,
uint8_t(NS_STYLE_BG_CLIP_BORDER), parentBG->mClipCount,
bg->mClipCount, maxItemCount, rebuild, canStoreInRuleTree);
// background-inline-policy: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForBackgroundInlinePolicy(),
bg->mBackgroundInlinePolicy,
canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentBG->mBackgroundInlinePolicy,
NS_STYLE_BG_INLINE_POLICY_CONTINUOUS, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// background-blend-mode: enum, inherit, initial [list]
SetBackgroundList(aContext, *aRuleData->ValueForBackgroundBlendMode(),
bg->mLayers,
parentBG->mLayers, &nsStyleBackground::Layer::mBlendMode,
uint8_t(NS_STYLE_BLEND_NORMAL), parentBG->mBlendModeCount,
bg->mBlendModeCount, maxItemCount, rebuild,
canStoreInRuleTree);
// background-origin: enum, inherit, initial [list]
SetBackgroundList(aContext, *aRuleData->ValueForBackgroundOrigin(),
bg->mLayers,
parentBG->mLayers, &nsStyleBackground::Layer::mOrigin,
uint8_t(NS_STYLE_BG_ORIGIN_PADDING), parentBG->mOriginCount,
bg->mOriginCount, maxItemCount, rebuild,
canStoreInRuleTree);
// background-position: enum, length, percent (flags), inherit [pair list]
nsStyleBackground::Position initialPosition;
initialPosition.SetInitialValues();
SetBackgroundList(aContext, *aRuleData->ValueForBackgroundPosition(),
bg->mLayers,
parentBG->mLayers, &nsStyleBackground::Layer::mPosition,
initialPosition, parentBG->mPositionCount,
bg->mPositionCount, maxItemCount, rebuild,
canStoreInRuleTree);
// background-size: enum, length, auto, inherit, initial [pair list]
nsStyleBackground::Size initialSize;
initialSize.SetInitialValues();
SetBackgroundPairList(aContext, *aRuleData->ValueForBackgroundSize(),
bg->mLayers,
parentBG->mLayers, &nsStyleBackground::Layer::mSize,
initialSize, parentBG->mSizeCount,
bg->mSizeCount, maxItemCount, rebuild,
canStoreInRuleTree);
if (rebuild) {
// Delete any extra items. We need to keep layers in which any
// property was specified.
bg->mLayers.TruncateLength(maxItemCount);
uint32_t fillCount = bg->mImageCount;
FillBackgroundList(bg->mLayers, &nsStyleBackground::Layer::mImage,
bg->mImageCount, fillCount);
FillBackgroundList(bg->mLayers, &nsStyleBackground::Layer::mRepeat,
bg->mRepeatCount, fillCount);
FillBackgroundList(bg->mLayers, &nsStyleBackground::Layer::mAttachment,
bg->mAttachmentCount, fillCount);
FillBackgroundList(bg->mLayers, &nsStyleBackground::Layer::mClip,
bg->mClipCount, fillCount);
FillBackgroundList(bg->mLayers, &nsStyleBackground::Layer::mBlendMode,
bg->mBlendModeCount, fillCount);
FillBackgroundList(bg->mLayers, &nsStyleBackground::Layer::mOrigin,
bg->mOriginCount, fillCount);
FillBackgroundList(bg->mLayers, &nsStyleBackground::Layer::mPosition,
bg->mPositionCount, fillCount);
FillBackgroundList(bg->mLayers, &nsStyleBackground::Layer::mSize,
bg->mSizeCount, fillCount);
}
// Now that the dust has settled, register the images with the document
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < bg->mImageCount; ++i)
bg->mLayers[i].TrackImages(aContext->PresContext());
COMPUTE_END_RESET(Background, bg)
}
const void*
nsRuleNode::ComputeMarginData(void* aStartStruct,
const nsRuleData* aRuleData,
nsStyleContext* aContext,
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
const bool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
COMPUTE_START_RESET(Margin, (), margin, parentMargin)
// margin: length, percent, auto, inherit
nsStyleCoord coord;
nsCSSRect ourMargin;
ourMargin.mTop = *aRuleData->ValueForMarginTop();
ourMargin.mRight = *aRuleData->ValueForMarginRightValue();
ourMargin.mBottom = *aRuleData->ValueForMarginBottom();
ourMargin.mLeft = *aRuleData->ValueForMarginLeftValue();
AdjustLogicalBoxProp(aContext,
*aRuleData->ValueForMarginLeftLTRSource(),
*aRuleData->ValueForMarginLeftRTLSource(),
*aRuleData->ValueForMarginStartValue(),
*aRuleData->ValueForMarginEndValue(),
NS_SIDE_LEFT, ourMargin, canStoreInRuleTree);
AdjustLogicalBoxProp(aContext,
*aRuleData->ValueForMarginRightLTRSource(),
*aRuleData->ValueForMarginRightRTLSource(),
*aRuleData->ValueForMarginEndValue(),
*aRuleData->ValueForMarginStartValue(),
NS_SIDE_RIGHT, ourMargin, canStoreInRuleTree);
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
nsStyleCoord parentCoord = parentMargin->mMargin.Get(side);
if (SetCoord(ourMargin.*(nsCSSRect::sides[side]),
coord, parentCoord,
SETCOORD_LPAH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_ZERO | SETCOORD_STORE_CALC |
SETCOORD_UNSET_INITIAL,
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree)) {
margin->mMargin.Set(side, coord);
}
}
margin->RecalcData();
COMPUTE_END_RESET(Margin, margin)
}
static void
SetBorderImageRect(const nsCSSValue& aValue,
/** outparam */ nsCSSRect& aRect)
{
switch (aValue.GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_Null:
aRect.Reset();
break;
case eCSSUnit_Rect:
aRect = aValue.GetRectValue();
break;
case eCSSUnit_Inherit:
case eCSSUnit_Initial:
case eCSSUnit_Unset:
aRect.SetAllSidesTo(aValue);
break;
default:
NS_ASSERTION(false, "Unexpected border image value for rect.");
}
}
static void
SetBorderImagePair(const nsCSSValue& aValue,
/** outparam */ nsCSSValuePair& aPair)
{
switch (aValue.GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_Null:
aPair.Reset();
break;
case eCSSUnit_Pair:
aPair = aValue.GetPairValue();
break;
case eCSSUnit_Inherit:
case eCSSUnit_Initial:
case eCSSUnit_Unset:
aPair.SetBothValuesTo(aValue);
break;
default:
NS_ASSERTION(false, "Unexpected border image value for pair.");
}
}
static void
SetBorderImageSlice(const nsCSSValue& aValue,
/** outparam */ nsCSSValue& aSlice,
/** outparam */ nsCSSValue& aFill)
{
const nsCSSValueList* valueList;
switch (aValue.GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_Null:
aSlice.Reset();
aFill.Reset();
break;
case eCSSUnit_List:
// Get slice dimensions.
valueList = aValue.GetListValue();
aSlice = valueList->mValue;
// Get "fill" keyword.
valueList = valueList->mNext;
if (valueList) {
aFill = valueList->mValue;
} else {
aFill.SetInitialValue();
}
break;
case eCSSUnit_Inherit:
case eCSSUnit_Initial:
case eCSSUnit_Unset:
aSlice = aValue;
aFill = aValue;
break;
default:
NS_ASSERTION(false, "Unexpected border image value for pair.");
}
}
const void*
nsRuleNode::ComputeBorderData(void* aStartStruct,
const nsRuleData* aRuleData,
nsStyleContext* aContext,
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
const bool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
COMPUTE_START_RESET(Border, (mPresContext), border, parentBorder)
// box-shadow: none, list, inherit, initial
const nsCSSValue* boxShadowValue = aRuleData->ValueForBoxShadow();
switch (boxShadowValue->GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_Null:
break;
case eCSSUnit_Initial:
case eCSSUnit_Unset:
case eCSSUnit_None:
border->mBoxShadow = nullptr;
break;
case eCSSUnit_Inherit:
border->mBoxShadow = parentBorder->mBoxShadow;
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
break;
case eCSSUnit_List:
case eCSSUnit_ListDep:
border->mBoxShadow = GetShadowData(boxShadowValue->GetListValue(),
aContext, true, canStoreInRuleTree);
break;
default:
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(false,
nsPrintfCString("unrecognized shadow unit %d",
boxShadowValue->GetUnit()).get());
}
// border-width, border-*-width: length, enum, inherit
nsStyleCoord coord;
nsCSSRect ourBorderWidth;
ourBorderWidth.mTop = *aRuleData->ValueForBorderTopWidth();
ourBorderWidth.mRight = *aRuleData->ValueForBorderRightWidthValue();
ourBorderWidth.mBottom = *aRuleData->ValueForBorderBottomWidth();
ourBorderWidth.mLeft = *aRuleData->ValueForBorderLeftWidthValue();
AdjustLogicalBoxProp(aContext,
*aRuleData->ValueForBorderLeftWidthLTRSource(),
*aRuleData->ValueForBorderLeftWidthRTLSource(),
*aRuleData->ValueForBorderStartWidthValue(),
*aRuleData->ValueForBorderEndWidthValue(),
NS_SIDE_LEFT, ourBorderWidth, canStoreInRuleTree);
AdjustLogicalBoxProp(aContext,
*aRuleData->ValueForBorderRightWidthLTRSource(),
*aRuleData->ValueForBorderRightWidthRTLSource(),
*aRuleData->ValueForBorderEndWidthValue(),
*aRuleData->ValueForBorderStartWidthValue(),
NS_SIDE_RIGHT, ourBorderWidth, canStoreInRuleTree);
{ // scope for compilers with broken |for| loop scoping
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
const nsCSSValue &value = ourBorderWidth.*(nsCSSRect::sides[side]);
NS_ASSERTION(eCSSUnit_Percent != value.GetUnit(),
"Percentage borders not implemented yet "
"If implementing, make sure to fix all consumers of "
"nsStyleBorder, the IsPercentageAwareChild method, "
"the nsAbsoluteContainingBlock::FrameDependsOnContainer "
"method, the "
"nsLineLayout::IsPercentageAwareReplacedElement method "
"and probably some other places");
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == value.GetUnit()) {
NS_ASSERTION(value.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_BORDER_WIDTH_THIN ||
value.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_BORDER_WIDTH_MEDIUM ||
value.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_BORDER_WIDTH_THICK,
"Unexpected enum value");
border->SetBorderWidth(side,
(mPresContext->GetBorderWidthTable())[value.GetIntValue()]);
}
// OK to pass bad aParentCoord since we're not passing SETCOORD_INHERIT
else if (SetCoord(value, coord, nsStyleCoord(),
SETCOORD_LENGTH | SETCOORD_CALC_LENGTH_ONLY,
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree)) {
NS_ASSERTION(coord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Coord, "unexpected unit");
// clamp negative calc() to 0.
border->SetBorderWidth(side, std::max(coord.GetCoordValue(), 0));
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == value.GetUnit()) {
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
border->SetBorderWidth(side,
parentBorder->GetComputedBorder().Side(side));
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == value.GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == value.GetUnit()) {
border->SetBorderWidth(side,
(mPresContext->GetBorderWidthTable())[NS_STYLE_BORDER_WIDTH_MEDIUM]);
}
else {
NS_ASSERTION(eCSSUnit_Null == value.GetUnit(),
"missing case handling border width");
}
}
}
// border-style, border-*-style: enum, inherit
nsCSSRect ourBorderStyle;
ourBorderStyle.mTop = *aRuleData->ValueForBorderTopStyle();
ourBorderStyle.mRight = *aRuleData->ValueForBorderRightStyleValue();
ourBorderStyle.mBottom = *aRuleData->ValueForBorderBottomStyle();
ourBorderStyle.mLeft = *aRuleData->ValueForBorderLeftStyleValue();
AdjustLogicalBoxProp(aContext,
*aRuleData->ValueForBorderLeftStyleLTRSource(),
*aRuleData->ValueForBorderLeftStyleRTLSource(),
*aRuleData->ValueForBorderStartStyleValue(),
*aRuleData->ValueForBorderEndStyleValue(),
NS_SIDE_LEFT, ourBorderStyle, canStoreInRuleTree);
AdjustLogicalBoxProp(aContext,
*aRuleData->ValueForBorderRightStyleLTRSource(),
*aRuleData->ValueForBorderRightStyleRTLSource(),
*aRuleData->ValueForBorderEndStyleValue(),
*aRuleData->ValueForBorderStartStyleValue(),
NS_SIDE_RIGHT, ourBorderStyle, canStoreInRuleTree);
{ // scope for compilers with broken |for| loop scoping
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
const nsCSSValue &value = ourBorderStyle.*(nsCSSRect::sides[side]);
nsCSSUnit unit = value.GetUnit();
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(eCSSUnit_None != unit,
"'none' should be handled as enumerated value");
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == unit) {
border->SetBorderStyle(side, value.GetIntValue());
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == unit ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == unit) {
border->SetBorderStyle(side, NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_NONE);
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == unit) {
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
border->SetBorderStyle(side, parentBorder->GetBorderStyle(side));
}
}
}
// -moz-border-*-colors: color, string, enum, none, inherit/initial
nscolor borderColor;
nscolor unused = NS_RGB(0,0,0);
static const nsCSSProperty borderColorsProps[] = {
eCSSProperty_border_top_colors,
eCSSProperty_border_right_colors,
eCSSProperty_border_bottom_colors,
eCSSProperty_border_left_colors
};
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
const nsCSSValue& value = *aRuleData->ValueFor(borderColorsProps[side]);
switch (value.GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_Null:
break;
case eCSSUnit_Initial:
case eCSSUnit_Unset:
case eCSSUnit_None:
border->ClearBorderColors(side);
break;
case eCSSUnit_Inherit: {
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
border->ClearBorderColors(side);
if (parentContext) {
nsBorderColors *parentColors;
parentBorder->GetCompositeColors(side, &parentColors);
if (parentColors) {
border->EnsureBorderColors();
border->mBorderColors[side] = parentColors->Clone();
}
}
break;
}
case eCSSUnit_List:
case eCSSUnit_ListDep: {
// Some composite border color information has been specified for this
// border side.
border->EnsureBorderColors();
border->ClearBorderColors(side);
const nsCSSValueList* list = value.GetListValue();
while (list) {
if (SetColor(list->mValue, unused, mPresContext,
aContext, borderColor, canStoreInRuleTree))
border->AppendBorderColor(side, borderColor);
else {
NS_NOTREACHED("unexpected item in -moz-border-*-colors list");
}
list = list->mNext;
}
break;
}
default:
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(false, "unrecognized border color unit");
}
}
// border-color, border-*-color: color, string, enum, inherit
bool foreground;
nsCSSRect ourBorderColor;
ourBorderColor.mTop = *aRuleData->ValueForBorderTopColor();
ourBorderColor.mRight = *aRuleData->ValueForBorderRightColorValue();
ourBorderColor.mBottom = *aRuleData->ValueForBorderBottomColor();
ourBorderColor.mLeft = *aRuleData->ValueForBorderLeftColorValue();
AdjustLogicalBoxProp(aContext,
*aRuleData->ValueForBorderLeftColorLTRSource(),
*aRuleData->ValueForBorderLeftColorRTLSource(),
*aRuleData->ValueForBorderStartColorValue(),
*aRuleData->ValueForBorderEndColorValue(),
NS_SIDE_LEFT, ourBorderColor, canStoreInRuleTree);
AdjustLogicalBoxProp(aContext,
*aRuleData->ValueForBorderRightColorLTRSource(),
*aRuleData->ValueForBorderRightColorRTLSource(),
*aRuleData->ValueForBorderEndColorValue(),
*aRuleData->ValueForBorderStartColorValue(),
NS_SIDE_RIGHT, ourBorderColor, canStoreInRuleTree);
{ // scope for compilers with broken |for| loop scoping
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
const nsCSSValue &value = ourBorderColor.*(nsCSSRect::sides[side]);
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == value.GetUnit()) {
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
if (parentContext) {
parentBorder->GetBorderColor(side, borderColor, foreground);
if (foreground) {
// We want to inherit the color from the parent, not use the
// color on the element where this chunk of style data will be
// used. We can ensure that the data for the parent are fully
// computed (unlike for the element where this will be used, for
// which the color could be specified on a more specific rule).
border->SetBorderColor(side, parentContext->StyleColor()->mColor);
} else
border->SetBorderColor(side, borderColor);
} else {
// We're the root
border->SetBorderToForeground(side);
}
}
else if (SetColor(value, unused, mPresContext, aContext, borderColor,
canStoreInRuleTree)) {
border->SetBorderColor(side, borderColor);
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == value.GetUnit()) {
switch (value.GetIntValue()) {
case NS_STYLE_COLOR_MOZ_USE_TEXT_COLOR:
border->SetBorderToForeground(side);
break;
default:
NS_NOTREACHED("Unexpected enumerated color");
break;
}
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == value.GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == value.GetUnit()) {
border->SetBorderToForeground(side);
}
}
}
// border-radius: length, percent, inherit
{
const nsCSSProperty* subprops =
nsCSSProps::SubpropertyEntryFor(eCSSProperty_border_radius);
NS_FOR_CSS_FULL_CORNERS(corner) {
int cx = NS_FULL_TO_HALF_CORNER(corner, false);
int cy = NS_FULL_TO_HALF_CORNER(corner, true);
const nsCSSValue& radius = *aRuleData->ValueFor(subprops[corner]);
nsStyleCoord parentX = parentBorder->mBorderRadius.Get(cx);
nsStyleCoord parentY = parentBorder->mBorderRadius.Get(cy);
nsStyleCoord coordX, coordY;
if (SetPairCoords(radius, coordX, coordY, parentX, parentY,
SETCOORD_LPH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_ZERO |
SETCOORD_STORE_CALC | SETCOORD_UNSET_INITIAL,
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree)) {
border->mBorderRadius.Set(cx, coordX);
border->mBorderRadius.Set(cy, coordY);
}
}
}
// float-edge: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForFloatEdge(),
border->mFloatEdge, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentBorder->mFloatEdge,
NS_STYLE_FLOAT_EDGE_CONTENT, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// border-image-source
const nsCSSValue* borderImageSource = aRuleData->ValueForBorderImageSource();
if (borderImageSource->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Inherit) {
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
border->mBorderImageSource = parentBorder->mBorderImageSource;
} else {
SetStyleImage(aContext,
*borderImageSource,
border->mBorderImageSource,
canStoreInRuleTree);
}
nsCSSValue borderImageSliceValue;
nsCSSValue borderImageSliceFill;
SetBorderImageSlice(*aRuleData->ValueForBorderImageSlice(),
borderImageSliceValue, borderImageSliceFill);
// border-image-slice: fill
SetDiscrete(borderImageSliceFill,
border->mBorderImageFill,
canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentBorder->mBorderImageFill,
NS_STYLE_BORDER_IMAGE_SLICE_NOFILL, 0, 0, 0, 0);
nsCSSRect borderImageSlice;
SetBorderImageRect(borderImageSliceValue, borderImageSlice);
nsCSSRect borderImageWidth;
SetBorderImageRect(*aRuleData->ValueForBorderImageWidth(),
borderImageWidth);
nsCSSRect borderImageOutset;
SetBorderImageRect(*aRuleData->ValueForBorderImageOutset(),
borderImageOutset);
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES (side) {
// border-image-slice
if (SetCoord(borderImageSlice.*(nsCSSRect::sides[side]), coord,
parentBorder->mBorderImageSlice.Get(side),
SETCOORD_FACTOR | SETCOORD_PERCENT |
SETCOORD_INHERIT | SETCOORD_INITIAL_HUNDRED_PCT |
SETCOORD_UNSET_INITIAL,
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree)) {
border->mBorderImageSlice.Set(side, coord);
}
// border-image-width
// 'auto' here means "same as slice"
if (SetCoord(borderImageWidth.*(nsCSSRect::sides[side]), coord,
parentBorder->mBorderImageWidth.Get(side),
SETCOORD_LPAH | SETCOORD_FACTOR | SETCOORD_INITIAL_FACTOR_ONE |
SETCOORD_UNSET_INITIAL,
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree)) {
border->mBorderImageWidth.Set(side, coord);
}
// border-image-outset
if (SetCoord(borderImageOutset.*(nsCSSRect::sides[side]), coord,
parentBorder->mBorderImageOutset.Get(side),
SETCOORD_LENGTH | SETCOORD_FACTOR |
SETCOORD_INHERIT | SETCOORD_INITIAL_FACTOR_ZERO |
SETCOORD_UNSET_INITIAL,
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree)) {
border->mBorderImageOutset.Set(side, coord);
}
}
// border-image-repeat
nsCSSValuePair borderImageRepeat;
SetBorderImagePair(*aRuleData->ValueForBorderImageRepeat(),
borderImageRepeat);
SetDiscrete(borderImageRepeat.mXValue,
border->mBorderImageRepeatH,
canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentBorder->mBorderImageRepeatH,
NS_STYLE_BORDER_IMAGE_REPEAT_STRETCH, 0, 0, 0, 0);
SetDiscrete(borderImageRepeat.mYValue,
border->mBorderImageRepeatV,
canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentBorder->mBorderImageRepeatV,
NS_STYLE_BORDER_IMAGE_REPEAT_STRETCH, 0, 0, 0, 0);
border->TrackImage(aContext->PresContext());
COMPUTE_END_RESET(Border, border)
}
const void*
nsRuleNode::ComputePaddingData(void* aStartStruct,
const nsRuleData* aRuleData,
nsStyleContext* aContext,
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
const bool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
COMPUTE_START_RESET(Padding, (), padding, parentPadding)
// padding: length, percent, inherit
nsStyleCoord coord;
nsCSSRect ourPadding;
ourPadding.mTop = *aRuleData->ValueForPaddingTop();
ourPadding.mRight = *aRuleData->ValueForPaddingRightValue();
ourPadding.mBottom = *aRuleData->ValueForPaddingBottom();
ourPadding.mLeft = *aRuleData->ValueForPaddingLeftValue();
AdjustLogicalBoxProp(aContext,
*aRuleData->ValueForPaddingLeftLTRSource(),
*aRuleData->ValueForPaddingLeftRTLSource(),
*aRuleData->ValueForPaddingStartValue(),
*aRuleData->ValueForPaddingEndValue(),
NS_SIDE_LEFT, ourPadding, canStoreInRuleTree);
AdjustLogicalBoxProp(aContext,
*aRuleData->ValueForPaddingRightLTRSource(),
*aRuleData->ValueForPaddingRightRTLSource(),
*aRuleData->ValueForPaddingEndValue(),
*aRuleData->ValueForPaddingStartValue(),
NS_SIDE_RIGHT, ourPadding, canStoreInRuleTree);
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
nsStyleCoord parentCoord = parentPadding->mPadding.Get(side);
if (SetCoord(ourPadding.*(nsCSSRect::sides[side]),
coord, parentCoord,
SETCOORD_LPH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_ZERO | SETCOORD_STORE_CALC |
SETCOORD_UNSET_INITIAL,
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree)) {
padding->mPadding.Set(side, coord);
}
}
padding->RecalcData();
COMPUTE_END_RESET(Padding, padding)
}
const void*
nsRuleNode::ComputeOutlineData(void* aStartStruct,
const nsRuleData* aRuleData,
nsStyleContext* aContext,
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
const bool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
COMPUTE_START_RESET(Outline, (mPresContext), outline, parentOutline)
// outline-width: length, enum, inherit
const nsCSSValue* outlineWidthValue = aRuleData->ValueForOutlineWidth();
if (eCSSUnit_Initial == outlineWidthValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == outlineWidthValue->GetUnit()) {
outline->mOutlineWidth =
nsStyleCoord(NS_STYLE_BORDER_WIDTH_MEDIUM, eStyleUnit_Enumerated);
}
else {
SetCoord(*outlineWidthValue, outline->mOutlineWidth,
parentOutline->mOutlineWidth,
SETCOORD_LEH | SETCOORD_CALC_LENGTH_ONLY, aContext,
mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
}
// outline-offset: length, inherit
nsStyleCoord tempCoord;
const nsCSSValue* outlineOffsetValue = aRuleData->ValueForOutlineOffset();
if (SetCoord(*outlineOffsetValue, tempCoord,
nsStyleCoord(parentOutline->mOutlineOffset,
nsStyleCoord::CoordConstructor),
SETCOORD_LH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_ZERO | SETCOORD_CALC_LENGTH_ONLY |
SETCOORD_UNSET_INITIAL,
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree)) {
outline->mOutlineOffset = tempCoord.GetCoordValue();
} else {
NS_ASSERTION(outlineOffsetValue->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null,
"unexpected unit");
}
// outline-color: color, string, enum, inherit
nscolor outlineColor;
nscolor unused = NS_RGB(0,0,0);
const nsCSSValue* outlineColorValue = aRuleData->ValueForOutlineColor();
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == outlineColorValue->GetUnit()) {
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
if (parentContext) {
if (parentOutline->GetOutlineColor(outlineColor))
outline->SetOutlineColor(outlineColor);
else {
// We want to inherit the color from the parent, not use the
// color on the element where this chunk of style data will be
// used. We can ensure that the data for the parent are fully
// computed (unlike for the element where this will be used, for
// which the color could be specified on a more specific rule).
outline->SetOutlineColor(parentContext->StyleColor()->mColor);
}
} else {
outline->SetOutlineInitialColor();
}
}
else if (SetColor(*outlineColorValue, unused, mPresContext,
aContext, outlineColor, canStoreInRuleTree))
outline->SetOutlineColor(outlineColor);
else if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == outlineColorValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Initial == outlineColorValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == outlineColorValue->GetUnit()) {
outline->SetOutlineInitialColor();
}
// -moz-outline-radius: length, percent, inherit
{
const nsCSSProperty* subprops =
nsCSSProps::SubpropertyEntryFor(eCSSProperty__moz_outline_radius);
NS_FOR_CSS_FULL_CORNERS(corner) {
int cx = NS_FULL_TO_HALF_CORNER(corner, false);
int cy = NS_FULL_TO_HALF_CORNER(corner, true);
const nsCSSValue& radius = *aRuleData->ValueFor(subprops[corner]);
nsStyleCoord parentX = parentOutline->mOutlineRadius.Get(cx);
nsStyleCoord parentY = parentOutline->mOutlineRadius.Get(cy);
nsStyleCoord coordX, coordY;
if (SetPairCoords(radius, coordX, coordY, parentX, parentY,
SETCOORD_LPH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_ZERO |
SETCOORD_STORE_CALC | SETCOORD_UNSET_INITIAL,
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree)) {
outline->mOutlineRadius.Set(cx, coordX);
outline->mOutlineRadius.Set(cy, coordY);
}
}
}
// outline-style: enum, inherit, initial
// cannot use SetDiscrete because of SetOutlineStyle
const nsCSSValue* outlineStyleValue = aRuleData->ValueForOutlineStyle();
nsCSSUnit unit = outlineStyleValue->GetUnit();
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(eCSSUnit_None != unit && eCSSUnit_Auto != unit,
"'none' and 'auto' should be handled as enumerated values");
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == unit) {
outline->SetOutlineStyle(outlineStyleValue->GetIntValue());
} else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == unit ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == unit) {
outline->SetOutlineStyle(NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_NONE);
} else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == unit) {
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
outline->SetOutlineStyle(parentOutline->GetOutlineStyle());
}
outline->RecalcData(mPresContext);
COMPUTE_END_RESET(Outline, outline)
}
const void*
nsRuleNode::ComputeListData(void* aStartStruct,
const nsRuleData* aRuleData,
nsStyleContext* aContext,
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
const bool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
COMPUTE_START_INHERITED(List, (), list, parentList)
// list-style-type: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForListStyleType(),
list->mListStyleType, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
parentList->mListStyleType,
NS_STYLE_LIST_STYLE_DISC, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// list-style-image: url, none, inherit
const nsCSSValue* imageValue = aRuleData->ValueForListStyleImage();
if (eCSSUnit_Image == imageValue->GetUnit()) {
NS_SET_IMAGE_REQUEST_WITH_DOC(list->SetListStyleImage,
aContext,
imageValue->GetImageValue)
}
else if (eCSSUnit_None == imageValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Initial == imageValue->GetUnit()) {
list->SetListStyleImage(nullptr);
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == imageValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == imageValue->GetUnit()) {
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
NS_SET_IMAGE_REQUEST(list->SetListStyleImage,
aContext,
parentList->GetListStyleImage())
}
// list-style-position: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForListStylePosition(),
list->mListStylePosition, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
parentList->mListStylePosition,
NS_STYLE_LIST_STYLE_POSITION_OUTSIDE, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// image region property: length, auto, inherit
const nsCSSValue* imageRegionValue = aRuleData->ValueForImageRegion();
switch (imageRegionValue->GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_Inherit:
case eCSSUnit_Unset:
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
list->mImageRegion = parentList->mImageRegion;
break;
case eCSSUnit_Initial:
case eCSSUnit_Auto:
list->mImageRegion.SetRect(0,0,0,0);
break;
case eCSSUnit_Null:
break;
case eCSSUnit_Rect: {
const nsCSSRect& rgnRect = imageRegionValue->GetRectValue();
if (rgnRect.mTop.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Auto)
list->mImageRegion.y = 0;
else if (rgnRect.mTop.IsLengthUnit())
list->mImageRegion.y =
CalcLength(rgnRect.mTop, aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
if (rgnRect.mBottom.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Auto)
list->mImageRegion.height = 0;
else if (rgnRect.mBottom.IsLengthUnit())
list->mImageRegion.height =
CalcLength(rgnRect.mBottom, aContext, mPresContext,
canStoreInRuleTree) - list->mImageRegion.y;
if (rgnRect.mLeft.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Auto)
list->mImageRegion.x = 0;
else if (rgnRect.mLeft.IsLengthUnit())
list->mImageRegion.x =
CalcLength(rgnRect.mLeft, aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
if (rgnRect.mRight.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Auto)
list->mImageRegion.width = 0;
else if (rgnRect.mRight.IsLengthUnit())
list->mImageRegion.width =
CalcLength(rgnRect.mRight, aContext, mPresContext,
canStoreInRuleTree) - list->mImageRegion.x;
break;
}
default:
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(false, "unrecognized image-region unit");
}
COMPUTE_END_INHERITED(List, list)
}
const void*
nsRuleNode::ComputePositionData(void* aStartStruct,
const nsRuleData* aRuleData,
nsStyleContext* aContext,
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
const bool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
COMPUTE_START_RESET(Position, (), pos, parentPos)
// box offsets: length, percent, calc, auto, inherit
static const nsCSSProperty offsetProps[] = {
eCSSProperty_top,
eCSSProperty_right,
eCSSProperty_bottom,
eCSSProperty_left
};
nsStyleCoord coord;
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
nsStyleCoord parentCoord = parentPos->mOffset.Get(side);
if (SetCoord(*aRuleData->ValueFor(offsetProps[side]),
coord, parentCoord,
SETCOORD_LPAH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_AUTO | SETCOORD_STORE_CALC |
SETCOORD_UNSET_INITIAL,
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree)) {
pos->mOffset.Set(side, coord);
}
}
SetCoord(*aRuleData->ValueForWidth(), pos->mWidth, parentPos->mWidth,
SETCOORD_LPAEH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_AUTO | SETCOORD_STORE_CALC |
SETCOORD_UNSET_INITIAL,
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
SetCoord(*aRuleData->ValueForMinWidth(), pos->mMinWidth, parentPos->mMinWidth,
SETCOORD_LPEH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_ZERO | SETCOORD_STORE_CALC |
SETCOORD_UNSET_INITIAL,
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
SetCoord(*aRuleData->ValueForMaxWidth(), pos->mMaxWidth, parentPos->mMaxWidth,
SETCOORD_LPOEH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_NONE | SETCOORD_STORE_CALC |
SETCOORD_UNSET_INITIAL,
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
SetCoord(*aRuleData->ValueForHeight(), pos->mHeight, parentPos->mHeight,
SETCOORD_LPAH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_AUTO | SETCOORD_STORE_CALC |
SETCOORD_UNSET_INITIAL,
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
SetCoord(*aRuleData->ValueForMinHeight(), pos->mMinHeight, parentPos->mMinHeight,
SETCOORD_LPH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_ZERO | SETCOORD_STORE_CALC |
SETCOORD_UNSET_INITIAL,
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
SetCoord(*aRuleData->ValueForMaxHeight(), pos->mMaxHeight, parentPos->mMaxHeight,
SETCOORD_LPOH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_NONE | SETCOORD_STORE_CALC |
SETCOORD_UNSET_INITIAL,
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
// box-sizing: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForBoxSizing(),
pos->mBoxSizing, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentPos->mBoxSizing,
NS_STYLE_BOX_SIZING_CONTENT, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// align-content: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForAlignContent(),
pos->mAlignContent, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentPos->mAlignContent,
NS_STYLE_ALIGN_CONTENT_STRETCH, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// align-items: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForAlignItems(),
pos->mAlignItems, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentPos->mAlignItems,
NS_STYLE_ALIGN_ITEMS_INITIAL_VALUE, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// align-self: enum, inherit, initial
// NOTE: align-self's initial value is the special keyword "auto", which is
// supposed to compute to our parent's computed value of "align-items". So
// technically, "auto" itself is never a valid computed value for align-self,
// since it always computes to something else. Despite that, we do actually
// store "auto" in nsStylePosition::mAlignSelf, as NS_STYLE_ALIGN_SELF_AUTO
// (and then resolve it as-necessary). We do this because "auto" is the
// initial value for this property, so if we were to actually resolve it in
// nsStylePosition, we'd never be able to share any nsStylePosition structs
// in the rule tree, since their mAlignSelf values would depend on the parent
// style, by default.
if (aRuleData->ValueForAlignSelf()->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Inherit) {
// Special handling for "align-self: inherit", in case we're inheriting
// "align-self: auto", in which case we need to resolve the parent's "auto"
// and inherit that resolved value.
uint8_t inheritedAlignSelf = parentPos->mAlignSelf;
if (inheritedAlignSelf == NS_STYLE_ALIGN_SELF_AUTO) {
if (!parentContext) {
// We're the root node. Nothing to inherit from --> just use default
// value.
inheritedAlignSelf = NS_STYLE_ALIGN_ITEMS_INITIAL_VALUE;
} else {
// Our parent's "auto" value should resolve to our grandparent's value
// for "align-items". So, that's what we're supposed to inherit.
nsStyleContext* grandparentContext = parentContext->GetParent();
if (!grandparentContext) {
// No grandparent --> our parent is the root node, so its
// "align-self: auto" computes to the default "align-items" value:
inheritedAlignSelf = NS_STYLE_ALIGN_ITEMS_INITIAL_VALUE;
} else {
// Normal case -- we have a grandparent.
// Its "align-items" value is what we should end up inheriting.
const nsStylePosition* grandparentPos =
grandparentContext->StylePosition();
inheritedAlignSelf = grandparentPos->mAlignItems;
}
}
}
pos->mAlignSelf = inheritedAlignSelf;
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
} else {
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForAlignSelf(),
pos->mAlignSelf, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentPos->mAlignSelf, // (unused -- we handled inherit above)
NS_STYLE_ALIGN_SELF_AUTO, // initial == auto
0, 0, 0, 0);
}
// flex-basis: auto, length, percent, enum, calc, inherit, initial
// (Note: The flags here should match those used for 'width' property above.)
SetCoord(*aRuleData->ValueForFlexBasis(), pos->mFlexBasis, parentPos->mFlexBasis,
SETCOORD_LPAEH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_AUTO | SETCOORD_STORE_CALC |
SETCOORD_UNSET_INITIAL,
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
// flex-direction: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForFlexDirection(),
pos->mFlexDirection, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentPos->mFlexDirection,
NS_STYLE_FLEX_DIRECTION_ROW, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// flex-grow: float, inherit, initial
SetFactor(*aRuleData->ValueForFlexGrow(),
pos->mFlexGrow, canStoreInRuleTree,
parentPos->mFlexGrow, 0.0f,
SETFCT_UNSET_INITIAL);
// flex-shrink: float, inherit, initial
SetFactor(*aRuleData->ValueForFlexShrink(),
pos->mFlexShrink, canStoreInRuleTree,
parentPos->mFlexShrink, 1.0f,
SETFCT_UNSET_INITIAL);
// flex-wrap: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForFlexWrap(),
pos->mFlexWrap, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentPos->mFlexWrap,
NS_STYLE_FLEX_WRAP_NOWRAP, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// order: integer, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForOrder(),
pos->mOrder, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_INTEGER | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentPos->mOrder,
NS_STYLE_ORDER_INITIAL, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// justify-content: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForJustifyContent(),
pos->mJustifyContent, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentPos->mJustifyContent,
NS_STYLE_JUSTIFY_CONTENT_FLEX_START, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// z-index
const nsCSSValue* zIndexValue = aRuleData->ValueForZIndex();
if (! SetCoord(*zIndexValue, pos->mZIndex, parentPos->mZIndex,
SETCOORD_IA | SETCOORD_INITIAL_AUTO | SETCOORD_UNSET_INITIAL,
aContext, nullptr, canStoreInRuleTree)) {
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == zIndexValue->GetUnit()) {
// handle inherit, because it's ok to inherit 'auto' here
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
pos->mZIndex = parentPos->mZIndex;
}
}
COMPUTE_END_RESET(Position, pos)
}
const void*
nsRuleNode::ComputeTableData(void* aStartStruct,
const nsRuleData* aRuleData,
nsStyleContext* aContext,
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
const bool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
COMPUTE_START_RESET(Table, (), table, parentTable)
// table-layout: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForTableLayout(),
table->mLayoutStrategy, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentTable->mLayoutStrategy,
NS_STYLE_TABLE_LAYOUT_AUTO, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// span: pixels (not a real CSS prop)
const nsCSSValue* spanValue = aRuleData->ValueForSpan();
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == spanValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Integer == spanValue->GetUnit())
table->mSpan = spanValue->GetIntValue();
COMPUTE_END_RESET(Table, table)
}
const void*
nsRuleNode::ComputeTableBorderData(void* aStartStruct,
const nsRuleData* aRuleData,
nsStyleContext* aContext,
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
const bool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
COMPUTE_START_INHERITED(TableBorder, (mPresContext), table, parentTable)
// border-collapse: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForBorderCollapse(), table->mBorderCollapse,
canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
parentTable->mBorderCollapse,
NS_STYLE_BORDER_SEPARATE, 0, 0, 0, 0);
const nsCSSValue* borderSpacingValue = aRuleData->ValueForBorderSpacing();
if (borderSpacingValue->GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Null) {
// border-spacing-x/y: length, inherit
nsStyleCoord parentX(parentTable->mBorderSpacingX,
nsStyleCoord::CoordConstructor);
nsStyleCoord parentY(parentTable->mBorderSpacingY,
nsStyleCoord::CoordConstructor);
nsStyleCoord coordX, coordY;
#ifdef DEBUG
bool result =
#endif
SetPairCoords(*borderSpacingValue,
coordX, coordY, parentX, parentY,
SETCOORD_LH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_ZERO |
SETCOORD_CALC_LENGTH_ONLY |
SETCOORD_CALC_CLAMP_NONNEGATIVE | SETCOORD_UNSET_INHERIT,
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
NS_ASSERTION(result, "malformed table border value");
table->mBorderSpacingX = coordX.GetCoordValue();
table->mBorderSpacingY = coordY.GetCoordValue();
}
// caption-side: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForCaptionSide(),
table->mCaptionSide, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
parentTable->mCaptionSide,
NS_STYLE_CAPTION_SIDE_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// empty-cells: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForEmptyCells(),
table->mEmptyCells, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
parentTable->mEmptyCells,
(mPresContext->CompatibilityMode() == eCompatibility_NavQuirks)
? NS_STYLE_TABLE_EMPTY_CELLS_SHOW_BACKGROUND
: NS_STYLE_TABLE_EMPTY_CELLS_SHOW,
0, 0, 0, 0);
COMPUTE_END_INHERITED(TableBorder, table)
}
const void*
nsRuleNode::ComputeContentData(void* aStartStruct,
const nsRuleData* aRuleData,
nsStyleContext* aContext,
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
const bool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
uint32_t count;
nsAutoString buffer;
COMPUTE_START_RESET(Content, (), content, parentContent)
// content: [string, url, counter, attr, enum]+, normal, none, inherit
const nsCSSValue* contentValue = aRuleData->ValueForContent();
switch (contentValue->GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_Null:
break;
case eCSSUnit_Normal:
case eCSSUnit_None:
case eCSSUnit_Initial:
case eCSSUnit_Unset:
// "normal", "none", "initial" and "unset" all mean no content
content->AllocateContents(0);
break;
case eCSSUnit_Inherit:
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
count = parentContent->ContentCount();
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(content->AllocateContents(count))) {
while (0 < count--) {
content->ContentAt(count) = parentContent->ContentAt(count);
}
}
break;
case eCSSUnit_Enumerated: {
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(contentValue->GetIntValue() ==
NS_STYLE_CONTENT_ALT_CONTENT,
"unrecognized solitary content keyword");
content->AllocateContents(1);
nsStyleContentData& data = content->ContentAt(0);
data.mType = eStyleContentType_AltContent;
data.mContent.mString = nullptr;
break;
}
case eCSSUnit_List:
case eCSSUnit_ListDep: {
const nsCSSValueList* contentValueList = contentValue->GetListValue();
count = 0;
while (contentValueList) {
count++;
contentValueList = contentValueList->mNext;
}
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(content->AllocateContents(count))) {
const nsAutoString nullStr;
count = 0;
contentValueList = contentValue->GetListValue();
while (contentValueList) {
const nsCSSValue& value = contentValueList->mValue;
nsCSSUnit unit = value.GetUnit();
nsStyleContentType type;
nsStyleContentData &data = content->ContentAt(count++);
switch (unit) {
case eCSSUnit_String: type = eStyleContentType_String; break;
case eCSSUnit_Image: type = eStyleContentType_Image; break;
case eCSSUnit_Attr: type = eStyleContentType_Attr; break;
case eCSSUnit_Counter: type = eStyleContentType_Counter; break;
case eCSSUnit_Counters: type = eStyleContentType_Counters; break;
case eCSSUnit_Enumerated:
switch (value.GetIntValue()) {
case NS_STYLE_CONTENT_OPEN_QUOTE:
type = eStyleContentType_OpenQuote; break;
case NS_STYLE_CONTENT_CLOSE_QUOTE:
type = eStyleContentType_CloseQuote; break;
case NS_STYLE_CONTENT_NO_OPEN_QUOTE:
type = eStyleContentType_NoOpenQuote; break;
case NS_STYLE_CONTENT_NO_CLOSE_QUOTE:
type = eStyleContentType_NoCloseQuote; break;
default:
NS_ERROR("bad content value");
type = eStyleContentType_Uninitialized;
}
break;
default:
NS_ERROR("bad content type");
type = eStyleContentType_Uninitialized;
}
data.mType = type;
if (type == eStyleContentType_Image) {
NS_SET_IMAGE_REQUEST_WITH_DOC(data.SetImage,
aContext,
value.GetImageValue);
}
else if (type <= eStyleContentType_Attr) {
value.GetStringValue(buffer);
data.mContent.mString = NS_strdup(buffer.get());
}
else if (type <= eStyleContentType_Counters) {
data.mContent.mCounters = value.GetArrayValue();
data.mContent.mCounters->AddRef();
}
else {
data.mContent.mString = nullptr;
}
contentValueList = contentValueList->mNext;
}
}
break;
}
default:
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(false,
nsPrintfCString("unrecognized content unit %d",
contentValue->GetUnit()).get());
}
// counter-increment: [string [int]]+, none, inherit
const nsCSSValue* counterIncrementValue =
aRuleData->ValueForCounterIncrement();
switch (counterIncrementValue->GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_Null:
break;
case eCSSUnit_None:
case eCSSUnit_Initial:
case eCSSUnit_Unset:
content->AllocateCounterIncrements(0);
break;
case eCSSUnit_Inherit:
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
count = parentContent->CounterIncrementCount();
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(content->AllocateCounterIncrements(count))) {
while (0 < count--) {
const nsStyleCounterData *data =
parentContent->GetCounterIncrementAt(count);
content->SetCounterIncrementAt(count, data->mCounter, data->mValue);
}
}
break;
case eCSSUnit_PairList:
case eCSSUnit_PairListDep: {
const nsCSSValuePairList* ourIncrement =
counterIncrementValue->GetPairListValue();
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(ourIncrement->mXValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Ident,
"unexpected value unit");
count = ListLength(ourIncrement);
if (NS_FAILED(content->AllocateCounterIncrements(count))) {
break;
}
count = 0;
for (const nsCSSValuePairList* p = ourIncrement; p; p = p->mNext, count++) {
int32_t increment;
if (p->mYValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Integer) {
increment = p->mYValue.GetIntValue();
} else {
increment = 1;
}
p->mXValue.GetStringValue(buffer);
content->SetCounterIncrementAt(count, buffer, increment);
}
break;
}
default:
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(false, "unexpected value unit");
}
// counter-reset: [string [int]]+, none, inherit
const nsCSSValue* counterResetValue = aRuleData->ValueForCounterReset();
switch (counterResetValue->GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_Null:
break;
case eCSSUnit_None:
case eCSSUnit_Initial:
case eCSSUnit_Unset:
content->AllocateCounterResets(0);
break;
case eCSSUnit_Inherit:
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
count = parentContent->CounterResetCount();
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(content->AllocateCounterResets(count))) {
while (0 < count--) {
const nsStyleCounterData *data =
parentContent->GetCounterResetAt(count);
content->SetCounterResetAt(count, data->mCounter, data->mValue);
}
}
break;
case eCSSUnit_PairList:
case eCSSUnit_PairListDep: {
const nsCSSValuePairList* ourReset =
counterResetValue->GetPairListValue();
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(ourReset->mXValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Ident,
"unexpected value unit");
count = ListLength(ourReset);
if (NS_FAILED(content->AllocateCounterResets(count))) {
break;
}
count = 0;
for (const nsCSSValuePairList* p = ourReset; p; p = p->mNext, count++) {
int32_t reset;
if (p->mYValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Integer) {
reset = p->mYValue.GetIntValue();
} else {
reset = 0;
}
p->mXValue.GetStringValue(buffer);
content->SetCounterResetAt(count, buffer, reset);
}
break;
}
default:
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(false, "unexpected value unit");
}
// marker-offset: length, auto, inherit
SetCoord(*aRuleData->ValueForMarkerOffset(), content->mMarkerOffset, parentContent->mMarkerOffset,
SETCOORD_LH | SETCOORD_AUTO | SETCOORD_INITIAL_AUTO |
SETCOORD_CALC_LENGTH_ONLY | SETCOORD_UNSET_INITIAL,
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
// If we ended up with an image, track it.
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < content->ContentCount(); ++i) {
if ((content->ContentAt(i).mType == eStyleContentType_Image) &&
content->ContentAt(i).mContent.mImage) {
content->ContentAt(i).TrackImage(aContext->PresContext());
}
}
COMPUTE_END_RESET(Content, content)
}
const void*
nsRuleNode::ComputeQuotesData(void* aStartStruct,
const nsRuleData* aRuleData,
nsStyleContext* aContext,
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
const bool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
COMPUTE_START_INHERITED(Quotes, (), quotes, parentQuotes)
// quotes: inherit, initial, none, [string string]+
const nsCSSValue* quotesValue = aRuleData->ValueForQuotes();
switch (quotesValue->GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_Null:
break;
case eCSSUnit_Inherit:
case eCSSUnit_Unset:
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
quotes->CopyFrom(*parentQuotes);
break;
case eCSSUnit_Initial:
quotes->SetInitial();
break;
case eCSSUnit_None:
quotes->AllocateQuotes(0);
break;
case eCSSUnit_PairList:
case eCSSUnit_PairListDep: {
const nsCSSValuePairList* ourQuotes
= quotesValue->GetPairListValue();
nsAutoString buffer;
nsAutoString closeBuffer;
uint32_t count = ListLength(ourQuotes);
if (NS_FAILED(quotes->AllocateQuotes(count))) {
break;
}
count = 0;
while (ourQuotes) {
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(ourQuotes->mXValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_String &&
ourQuotes->mYValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_String,
"improper list contents for quotes");
ourQuotes->mXValue.GetStringValue(buffer);
ourQuotes->mYValue.GetStringValue(closeBuffer);
quotes->SetQuotesAt(count++, buffer, closeBuffer);
ourQuotes = ourQuotes->mNext;
}
break;
}
default:
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(false, "unexpected value unit");
}
COMPUTE_END_INHERITED(Quotes, quotes)
}
const void*
nsRuleNode::ComputeXULData(void* aStartStruct,
const nsRuleData* aRuleData,
nsStyleContext* aContext,
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
const bool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
COMPUTE_START_RESET(XUL, (), xul, parentXUL)
// box-align: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForBoxAlign(),
xul->mBoxAlign, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentXUL->mBoxAlign,
NS_STYLE_BOX_ALIGN_STRETCH, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// box-direction: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForBoxDirection(),
xul->mBoxDirection, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentXUL->mBoxDirection,
NS_STYLE_BOX_DIRECTION_NORMAL, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// box-flex: factor, inherit
SetFactor(*aRuleData->ValueForBoxFlex(),
xul->mBoxFlex, canStoreInRuleTree,
parentXUL->mBoxFlex, 0.0f,
SETFCT_UNSET_INITIAL);
// box-orient: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForBoxOrient(),
xul->mBoxOrient, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentXUL->mBoxOrient,
NS_STYLE_BOX_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// box-pack: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForBoxPack(),
xul->mBoxPack, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentXUL->mBoxPack,
NS_STYLE_BOX_PACK_START, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// box-ordinal-group: integer, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForBoxOrdinalGroup(),
xul->mBoxOrdinal, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_INTEGER | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentXUL->mBoxOrdinal, 1,
0, 0, 0, 0);
const nsCSSValue* stackSizingValue = aRuleData->ValueForStackSizing();
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == stackSizingValue->GetUnit()) {
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
xul->mStretchStack = parentXUL->mStretchStack;
} else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == stackSizingValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == stackSizingValue->GetUnit()) {
xul->mStretchStack = true;
} else if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == stackSizingValue->GetUnit()) {
xul->mStretchStack = stackSizingValue->GetIntValue() ==
NS_STYLE_STACK_SIZING_STRETCH_TO_FIT;
}
COMPUTE_END_RESET(XUL, xul)
}
const void*
nsRuleNode::ComputeColumnData(void* aStartStruct,
const nsRuleData* aRuleData,
nsStyleContext* aContext,
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
const bool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
COMPUTE_START_RESET(Column, (mPresContext), column, parent)
// column-width: length, auto, inherit
SetCoord(*aRuleData->ValueForColumnWidth(),
column->mColumnWidth, parent->mColumnWidth,
SETCOORD_LAH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_AUTO |
SETCOORD_CALC_LENGTH_ONLY | SETCOORD_CALC_CLAMP_NONNEGATIVE |
SETCOORD_UNSET_INITIAL,
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
// column-gap: length, inherit, normal
SetCoord(*aRuleData->ValueForColumnGap(),
column->mColumnGap, parent->mColumnGap,
SETCOORD_LH | SETCOORD_NORMAL | SETCOORD_INITIAL_NORMAL |
SETCOORD_CALC_LENGTH_ONLY | SETCOORD_UNSET_INITIAL,
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
// clamp negative calc() to 0
if (column->mColumnGap.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Coord) {
column->mColumnGap.SetCoordValue(
std::max(column->mColumnGap.GetCoordValue(), 0));
}
// column-count: auto, integer, inherit
const nsCSSValue* columnCountValue = aRuleData->ValueForColumnCount();
if (eCSSUnit_Auto == columnCountValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Initial == columnCountValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == columnCountValue->GetUnit()) {
column->mColumnCount = NS_STYLE_COLUMN_COUNT_AUTO;
} else if (eCSSUnit_Integer == columnCountValue->GetUnit()) {
column->mColumnCount = columnCountValue->GetIntValue();
// Max kMaxColumnCount columns - wallpaper for bug 345583.
column->mColumnCount = std::min(column->mColumnCount,
nsStyleColumn::kMaxColumnCount);
} else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == columnCountValue->GetUnit()) {
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
column->mColumnCount = parent->mColumnCount;
}
// column-rule-width: length, enum, inherit
const nsCSSValue& widthValue = *aRuleData->ValueForColumnRuleWidth();
if (eCSSUnit_Initial == widthValue.GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == widthValue.GetUnit()) {
column->SetColumnRuleWidth(
(mPresContext->GetBorderWidthTable())[NS_STYLE_BORDER_WIDTH_MEDIUM]);
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == widthValue.GetUnit()) {
NS_ASSERTION(widthValue.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_BORDER_WIDTH_THIN ||
widthValue.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_BORDER_WIDTH_MEDIUM ||
widthValue.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_BORDER_WIDTH_THICK,
"Unexpected enum value");
column->SetColumnRuleWidth(
(mPresContext->GetBorderWidthTable())[widthValue.GetIntValue()]);
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == widthValue.GetUnit()) {
column->SetColumnRuleWidth(parent->GetComputedColumnRuleWidth());
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
}
else if (widthValue.IsLengthUnit() || widthValue.IsCalcUnit()) {
nscoord len =
CalcLength(widthValue, aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
if (len < 0) {
// FIXME: This is untested (by test_value_storage.html) for
// column-rule-width since it gets covered up by the border
// rounding code.
NS_ASSERTION(widthValue.IsCalcUnit(),
"parser should have rejected negative length");
len = 0;
}
column->SetColumnRuleWidth(len);
}
// column-rule-style: enum, inherit
const nsCSSValue& styleValue = *aRuleData->ValueForColumnRuleStyle();
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(eCSSUnit_None != styleValue.GetUnit(),
"'none' should be handled as enumerated value");
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == styleValue.GetUnit()) {
column->mColumnRuleStyle = styleValue.GetIntValue();
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == styleValue.GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == styleValue.GetUnit()) {
column->mColumnRuleStyle = NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_NONE;
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == styleValue.GetUnit()) {
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
column->mColumnRuleStyle = parent->mColumnRuleStyle;
}
// column-rule-color: color, inherit
const nsCSSValue& colorValue = *aRuleData->ValueForColumnRuleColor();
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == colorValue.GetUnit()) {
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
column->mColumnRuleColorIsForeground = false;
if (parent->mColumnRuleColorIsForeground) {
if (parentContext) {
column->mColumnRuleColor = parentContext->StyleColor()->mColor;
} else {
nsStyleColor defaultColumnRuleColor(mPresContext);
column->mColumnRuleColor = defaultColumnRuleColor.mColor;
}
} else {
column->mColumnRuleColor = parent->mColumnRuleColor;
}
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == colorValue.GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == colorValue.GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Enumerated == colorValue.GetUnit()) {
column->mColumnRuleColorIsForeground = true;
}
else if (SetColor(colorValue, 0, mPresContext, aContext,
column->mColumnRuleColor, canStoreInRuleTree)) {
column->mColumnRuleColorIsForeground = false;
}
// column-fill: enum
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForColumnFill(),
column->mColumnFill, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parent->mColumnFill,
NS_STYLE_COLUMN_FILL_BALANCE,
0, 0, 0, 0);
COMPUTE_END_RESET(Column, column)
}
static void
SetSVGPaint(const nsCSSValue& aValue, const nsStyleSVGPaint& parentPaint,
nsPresContext* aPresContext, nsStyleContext *aContext,
nsStyleSVGPaint& aResult, nsStyleSVGPaintType aInitialPaintType,
bool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
nscolor color;
if (aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Inherit ||
aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Unset) {
aResult = parentPaint;
aCanStoreInRuleTree = false;
} else if (aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_None) {
aResult.SetType(eStyleSVGPaintType_None);
} else if (aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Initial) {
aResult.SetType(aInitialPaintType);
aResult.mPaint.mColor = NS_RGB(0, 0, 0);
aResult.mFallbackColor = NS_RGB(0, 0, 0);
} else if (SetColor(aValue, NS_RGB(0, 0, 0), aPresContext, aContext,
color, aCanStoreInRuleTree)) {
aResult.SetType(eStyleSVGPaintType_Color);
aResult.mPaint.mColor = color;
} else if (aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Pair) {
const nsCSSValuePair& pair = aValue.GetPairValue();
if (pair.mXValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_URL) {
aResult.SetType(eStyleSVGPaintType_Server);
aResult.mPaint.mPaintServer = pair.mXValue.GetURLValue();
NS_IF_ADDREF(aResult.mPaint.mPaintServer);
} else if (pair.mXValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated) {
switch (pair.mXValue.GetIntValue()) {
case NS_COLOR_CONTEXT_FILL:
aResult.SetType(eStyleSVGPaintType_ContextFill);
break;
case NS_COLOR_CONTEXT_STROKE:
aResult.SetType(eStyleSVGPaintType_ContextStroke);
break;
default:
NS_NOTREACHED("unknown keyword as paint server value");
}
} else {
NS_NOTREACHED("malformed paint server value");
}
if (pair.mYValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_None) {
aResult.mFallbackColor = NS_RGBA(0, 0, 0, 0);
} else {
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(pair.mYValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Inherit,
"cannot inherit fallback colour");
SetColor(pair.mYValue, NS_RGB(0, 0, 0), aPresContext, aContext,
aResult.mFallbackColor, aCanStoreInRuleTree);
}
} else {
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null,
"malformed paint server value");
}
}
static void
SetSVGOpacity(const nsCSSValue& aValue,
float& aOpacityField, nsStyleSVGOpacitySource& aOpacityTypeField,
bool& aCanStoreInRuleTree,
float aParentOpacity, nsStyleSVGOpacitySource aParentOpacityType)
{
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == aValue.GetUnit()) {
switch (aValue.GetIntValue()) {
case NS_STYLE_CONTEXT_FILL_OPACITY:
aOpacityTypeField = eStyleSVGOpacitySource_ContextFillOpacity;
break;
case NS_STYLE_CONTEXT_STROKE_OPACITY:
aOpacityTypeField = eStyleSVGOpacitySource_ContextStrokeOpacity;
break;
default:
NS_NOTREACHED("SetSVGOpacity: Unknown keyword");
}
// Fall back on fully opaque
aOpacityField = 1.0f;
} else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == aValue.GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == aValue.GetUnit()) {
aCanStoreInRuleTree = false;
aOpacityField = aParentOpacity;
aOpacityTypeField = aParentOpacityType;
} else if (eCSSUnit_Null != aValue.GetUnit()) {
SetFactor(aValue, aOpacityField, aCanStoreInRuleTree,
aParentOpacity, 1.0f, SETFCT_OPACITY);
aOpacityTypeField = eStyleSVGOpacitySource_Normal;
}
}
const void*
nsRuleNode::ComputeSVGData(void* aStartStruct,
const nsRuleData* aRuleData,
nsStyleContext* aContext,
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
const bool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
COMPUTE_START_INHERITED(SVG, (), svg, parentSVG)
// clip-rule: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForClipRule(),
svg->mClipRule, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
parentSVG->mClipRule,
NS_STYLE_FILL_RULE_NONZERO, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// color-interpolation: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForColorInterpolation(),
svg->mColorInterpolation, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
parentSVG->mColorInterpolation,
NS_STYLE_COLOR_INTERPOLATION_SRGB, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// color-interpolation-filters: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForColorInterpolationFilters(),
svg->mColorInterpolationFilters, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
parentSVG->mColorInterpolationFilters,
NS_STYLE_COLOR_INTERPOLATION_LINEARRGB, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// fill:
SetSVGPaint(*aRuleData->ValueForFill(),
parentSVG->mFill, mPresContext, aContext,
svg->mFill, eStyleSVGPaintType_Color, canStoreInRuleTree);
// fill-opacity: factor, inherit, initial,
// context-fill-opacity, context-stroke-opacity
nsStyleSVGOpacitySource contextFillOpacity = svg->mFillOpacitySource;
SetSVGOpacity(*aRuleData->ValueForFillOpacity(),
svg->mFillOpacity, contextFillOpacity, canStoreInRuleTree,
parentSVG->mFillOpacity, parentSVG->mFillOpacitySource);
svg->mFillOpacitySource = contextFillOpacity;
// fill-rule: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForFillRule(),
svg->mFillRule, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
parentSVG->mFillRule,
NS_STYLE_FILL_RULE_NONZERO, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// image-rendering: enum, inherit
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForImageRendering(),
svg->mImageRendering, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
parentSVG->mImageRendering,
NS_STYLE_IMAGE_RENDERING_AUTO, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// marker-end: url, none, inherit
const nsCSSValue* markerEndValue = aRuleData->ValueForMarkerEnd();
if (eCSSUnit_URL == markerEndValue->GetUnit()) {
svg->mMarkerEnd = markerEndValue->GetURLValue();
} else if (eCSSUnit_None == markerEndValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Initial == markerEndValue->GetUnit()) {
svg->mMarkerEnd = nullptr;
} else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == markerEndValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == markerEndValue->GetUnit()) {
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
svg->mMarkerEnd = parentSVG->mMarkerEnd;
}
// marker-mid: url, none, inherit
const nsCSSValue* markerMidValue = aRuleData->ValueForMarkerMid();
if (eCSSUnit_URL == markerMidValue->GetUnit()) {
svg->mMarkerMid = markerMidValue->GetURLValue();
} else if (eCSSUnit_None == markerMidValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Initial == markerMidValue->GetUnit()) {
svg->mMarkerMid = nullptr;
} else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == markerMidValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == markerMidValue->GetUnit()) {
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
svg->mMarkerMid = parentSVG->mMarkerMid;
}
// marker-start: url, none, inherit
const nsCSSValue* markerStartValue = aRuleData->ValueForMarkerStart();
if (eCSSUnit_URL == markerStartValue->GetUnit()) {
svg->mMarkerStart = markerStartValue->GetURLValue();
} else if (eCSSUnit_None == markerStartValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Initial == markerStartValue->GetUnit()) {
svg->mMarkerStart = nullptr;
} else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == markerStartValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == markerStartValue->GetUnit()) {
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
svg->mMarkerStart = parentSVG->mMarkerStart;
}
// paint-order: enum (bit field), inherit, initial
const nsCSSValue* paintOrderValue = aRuleData->ValueForPaintOrder();
switch (paintOrderValue->GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_Null:
break;
case eCSSUnit_Enumerated:
static_assert
(NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_BITWIDTH * NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_LAST_VALUE <= 8,
"SVGStyleStruct::mPaintOrder not big enough");
svg->mPaintOrder = static_cast<uint8_t>(paintOrderValue->GetIntValue());
break;
case eCSSUnit_Inherit:
case eCSSUnit_Unset:
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
svg->mPaintOrder = parentSVG->mPaintOrder;
break;
case eCSSUnit_Initial:
svg->mPaintOrder = NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_NORMAL;
break;
default:
NS_NOTREACHED("unexpected unit");
}
// shape-rendering: enum, inherit
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForShapeRendering(),
svg->mShapeRendering, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
parentSVG->mShapeRendering,
NS_STYLE_SHAPE_RENDERING_AUTO, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// stroke:
SetSVGPaint(*aRuleData->ValueForStroke(),
parentSVG->mStroke, mPresContext, aContext,
svg->mStroke, eStyleSVGPaintType_None, canStoreInRuleTree);
// stroke-dasharray: <dasharray>, none, inherit, context-value
const nsCSSValue* strokeDasharrayValue = aRuleData->ValueForStrokeDasharray();
switch (strokeDasharrayValue->GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_Null:
break;
case eCSSUnit_Inherit:
case eCSSUnit_Unset:
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
svg->mStrokeDasharrayFromObject = parentSVG->mStrokeDasharrayFromObject;
// only do the copy if weren't already set up by the copy constructor
// FIXME Bug 389408: This is broken when aStartStruct is non-null!
if (!svg->mStrokeDasharray) {
svg->mStrokeDasharrayLength = parentSVG->mStrokeDasharrayLength;
if (svg->mStrokeDasharrayLength) {
svg->mStrokeDasharray = new nsStyleCoord[svg->mStrokeDasharrayLength];
if (svg->mStrokeDasharray)
memcpy(svg->mStrokeDasharray,
parentSVG->mStrokeDasharray,
svg->mStrokeDasharrayLength * sizeof(nsStyleCoord));
else
svg->mStrokeDasharrayLength = 0;
}
}
break;
case eCSSUnit_Enumerated:
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(strokeDasharrayValue->GetIntValue() ==
NS_STYLE_STROKE_PROP_CONTEXT_VALUE,
"Unknown keyword for stroke-dasharray");
svg->mStrokeDasharrayFromObject = true;
delete [] svg->mStrokeDasharray;
svg->mStrokeDasharray = nullptr;
svg->mStrokeDasharrayLength = 0;
break;
case eCSSUnit_Initial:
case eCSSUnit_None:
svg->mStrokeDasharrayFromObject = false;
delete [] svg->mStrokeDasharray;
svg->mStrokeDasharray = nullptr;
svg->mStrokeDasharrayLength = 0;
break;
case eCSSUnit_List:
case eCSSUnit_ListDep: {
svg->mStrokeDasharrayFromObject = false;
delete [] svg->mStrokeDasharray;
svg->mStrokeDasharray = nullptr;
svg->mStrokeDasharrayLength = 0;
// count number of values
const nsCSSValueList *value = strokeDasharrayValue->GetListValue();
svg->mStrokeDasharrayLength = ListLength(value);
NS_ASSERTION(svg->mStrokeDasharrayLength != 0, "no dasharray items");
svg->mStrokeDasharray = new nsStyleCoord[svg->mStrokeDasharrayLength];
if (svg->mStrokeDasharray) {
uint32_t i = 0;
while (nullptr != value) {
SetCoord(value->mValue,
svg->mStrokeDasharray[i++], nsStyleCoord(),
SETCOORD_LP | SETCOORD_FACTOR,
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
value = value->mNext;
}
} else {
svg->mStrokeDasharrayLength = 0;
}
break;
}
default:
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(false, "unrecognized dasharray unit");
}
// stroke-dashoffset: <dashoffset>, inherit
const nsCSSValue *strokeDashoffsetValue =
aRuleData->ValueForStrokeDashoffset();
svg->mStrokeDashoffsetFromObject =
strokeDashoffsetValue->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated &&
strokeDashoffsetValue->GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_STROKE_PROP_CONTEXT_VALUE;
if (svg->mStrokeDashoffsetFromObject) {
svg->mStrokeDashoffset.SetCoordValue(0);
} else {
SetCoord(*aRuleData->ValueForStrokeDashoffset(),
svg->mStrokeDashoffset, parentSVG->mStrokeDashoffset,
SETCOORD_LPH | SETCOORD_FACTOR | SETCOORD_INITIAL_ZERO |
SETCOORD_UNSET_INHERIT,
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
}
// stroke-linecap: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForStrokeLinecap(),
svg->mStrokeLinecap, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
parentSVG->mStrokeLinecap,
NS_STYLE_STROKE_LINECAP_BUTT, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// stroke-linejoin: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForStrokeLinejoin(),
svg->mStrokeLinejoin, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
parentSVG->mStrokeLinejoin,
NS_STYLE_STROKE_LINEJOIN_MITER, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// stroke-miterlimit: <miterlimit>, inherit
SetFactor(*aRuleData->ValueForStrokeMiterlimit(),
svg->mStrokeMiterlimit,
canStoreInRuleTree,
parentSVG->mStrokeMiterlimit, 4.0f,
SETFCT_UNSET_INHERIT);
// stroke-opacity:
nsStyleSVGOpacitySource contextStrokeOpacity = svg->mStrokeOpacitySource;
SetSVGOpacity(*aRuleData->ValueForStrokeOpacity(),
svg->mStrokeOpacity, contextStrokeOpacity, canStoreInRuleTree,
parentSVG->mStrokeOpacity, parentSVG->mStrokeOpacitySource);
svg->mStrokeOpacitySource = contextStrokeOpacity;
// stroke-width:
const nsCSSValue* strokeWidthValue = aRuleData->ValueForStrokeWidth();
switch (strokeWidthValue->GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_Enumerated:
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(strokeWidthValue->GetIntValue() ==
NS_STYLE_STROKE_PROP_CONTEXT_VALUE,
"Unrecognized keyword for stroke-width");
svg->mStrokeWidthFromObject = true;
svg->mStrokeWidth.SetCoordValue(nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(1));
break;
case eCSSUnit_Initial:
svg->mStrokeWidthFromObject = false;
svg->mStrokeWidth.SetCoordValue(nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(1));
break;
default:
svg->mStrokeWidthFromObject = false;
SetCoord(*strokeWidthValue,
svg->mStrokeWidth, parentSVG->mStrokeWidth,
SETCOORD_LPH | SETCOORD_FACTOR | SETCOORD_UNSET_INHERIT,
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
}
// text-anchor: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForTextAnchor(),
svg->mTextAnchor, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
parentSVG->mTextAnchor,
NS_STYLE_TEXT_ANCHOR_START, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// text-rendering: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForTextRendering(),
svg->mTextRendering, canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INHERIT,
parentSVG->mTextRendering,
NS_STYLE_TEXT_RENDERING_AUTO, 0, 0, 0, 0);
COMPUTE_END_INHERITED(SVG, svg)
}
// Returns true if the nsStyleFilter was successfully set using the nsCSSValue.
bool
nsRuleNode::SetStyleFilterToCSSValue(nsStyleFilter* aStyleFilter,
const nsCSSValue& aValue,
nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
bool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
nsCSSUnit unit = aValue.GetUnit();
if (unit == eCSSUnit_URL) {
nsIURI* url = aValue.GetURLValue();
if (!url)
return false;
aStyleFilter->SetURL(url);
return true;
}
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(unit == eCSSUnit_Function, "expected a filter function");
nsCSSValue::Array* filterFunction = aValue.GetArrayValue();
nsCSSKeyword functionName =
(nsCSSKeyword)filterFunction->Item(0).GetIntValue();
int32_t type;
DebugOnly<bool> foundKeyword =
nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(functionName,
nsCSSProps::kFilterFunctionKTable,
type);
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(foundKeyword, "unknown filter type");
if (type == NS_STYLE_FILTER_DROP_SHADOW) {
nsRefPtr<nsCSSShadowArray> shadowArray = GetShadowData(
filterFunction->Item(1).GetListValue(),
aStyleContext,
false,
aCanStoreInRuleTree);
aStyleFilter->SetDropShadow(shadowArray);
return true;
}
int32_t mask = SETCOORD_PERCENT | SETCOORD_FACTOR;
if (type == NS_STYLE_FILTER_BLUR) {
mask = SETCOORD_LENGTH | SETCOORD_STORE_CALC;
} else if (type == NS_STYLE_FILTER_HUE_ROTATE) {
mask = SETCOORD_ANGLE;
}
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(filterFunction->Count() == 2,
"all filter functions should have "
"exactly one argument");
nsCSSValue& arg = filterFunction->Item(1);
nsStyleCoord filterParameter;
DebugOnly<bool> didSetCoord = SetCoord(arg, filterParameter,
nsStyleCoord(), mask,
aStyleContext, aPresContext,
aCanStoreInRuleTree);
aStyleFilter->SetFilterParameter(filterParameter, type);
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(didSetCoord, "unexpected unit");
return true;
}
const void*
nsRuleNode::ComputeSVGResetData(void* aStartStruct,
const nsRuleData* aRuleData,
nsStyleContext* aContext,
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
const bool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
COMPUTE_START_RESET(SVGReset, (), svgReset, parentSVGReset)
// stop-color:
const nsCSSValue* stopColorValue = aRuleData->ValueForStopColor();
if (eCSSUnit_Initial == stopColorValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == stopColorValue->GetUnit()) {
svgReset->mStopColor = NS_RGB(0, 0, 0);
} else {
SetColor(*stopColorValue, parentSVGReset->mStopColor,
mPresContext, aContext, svgReset->mStopColor, canStoreInRuleTree);
}
// flood-color:
const nsCSSValue* floodColorValue = aRuleData->ValueForFloodColor();
if (eCSSUnit_Initial == floodColorValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == floodColorValue->GetUnit()) {
svgReset->mFloodColor = NS_RGB(0, 0, 0);
} else {
SetColor(*floodColorValue, parentSVGReset->mFloodColor,
mPresContext, aContext, svgReset->mFloodColor, canStoreInRuleTree);
}
// lighting-color:
const nsCSSValue* lightingColorValue = aRuleData->ValueForLightingColor();
if (eCSSUnit_Initial == lightingColorValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == lightingColorValue->GetUnit()) {
svgReset->mLightingColor = NS_RGB(255, 255, 255);
} else {
SetColor(*lightingColorValue, parentSVGReset->mLightingColor,
mPresContext, aContext, svgReset->mLightingColor,
canStoreInRuleTree);
}
// clip-path: url, none, inherit
const nsCSSValue* clipPathValue = aRuleData->ValueForClipPath();
if (eCSSUnit_URL == clipPathValue->GetUnit()) {
svgReset->mClipPath = clipPathValue->GetURLValue();
} else if (eCSSUnit_None == clipPathValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Initial == clipPathValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == clipPathValue->GetUnit()) {
svgReset->mClipPath = nullptr;
} else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == clipPathValue->GetUnit()) {
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
svgReset->mClipPath = parentSVGReset->mClipPath;
}
// stop-opacity:
SetFactor(*aRuleData->ValueForStopOpacity(),
svgReset->mStopOpacity, canStoreInRuleTree,
parentSVGReset->mStopOpacity, 1.0f,
SETFCT_OPACITY | SETFCT_UNSET_INITIAL);
// flood-opacity:
SetFactor(*aRuleData->ValueForFloodOpacity(),
svgReset->mFloodOpacity, canStoreInRuleTree,
parentSVGReset->mFloodOpacity, 1.0f,
SETFCT_OPACITY | SETFCT_UNSET_INITIAL);
// dominant-baseline: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForDominantBaseline(),
svgReset->mDominantBaseline,
canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentSVGReset->mDominantBaseline,
NS_STYLE_DOMINANT_BASELINE_AUTO, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// vector-effect: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForVectorEffect(),
svgReset->mVectorEffect,
canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentSVGReset->mVectorEffect,
NS_STYLE_VECTOR_EFFECT_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0);
// filter: url, none, inherit
const nsCSSValue* filterValue = aRuleData->ValueForFilter();
switch (filterValue->GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_Null:
break;
case eCSSUnit_None:
case eCSSUnit_Initial:
case eCSSUnit_Unset:
svgReset->mFilters.Clear();
break;
case eCSSUnit_Inherit:
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
svgReset->mFilters = parentSVGReset->mFilters;
break;
case eCSSUnit_List:
case eCSSUnit_ListDep: {
svgReset->mFilters.Clear();
const nsCSSValueList* cur = filterValue->GetListValue();
while(cur) {
nsStyleFilter styleFilter;
if (!SetStyleFilterToCSSValue(&styleFilter, cur->mValue, aContext,
mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree)) {
svgReset->mFilters.Clear();
break;
}
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(styleFilter.GetType() != NS_STYLE_FILTER_NONE,
"filter should be set");
svgReset->mFilters.AppendElement(styleFilter);
cur = cur->mNext;
}
break;
}
default:
NS_NOTREACHED("unexpected unit");
}
// mask: url, none, inherit
const nsCSSValue* maskValue = aRuleData->ValueForMask();
if (eCSSUnit_URL == maskValue->GetUnit()) {
svgReset->mMask = maskValue->GetURLValue();
} else if (eCSSUnit_None == maskValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Initial == maskValue->GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Unset == maskValue->GetUnit()) {
svgReset->mMask = nullptr;
} else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == maskValue->GetUnit()) {
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
svgReset->mMask = parentSVGReset->mMask;
}
// mask-type: enum, inherit, initial
SetDiscrete(*aRuleData->ValueForMaskType(),
svgReset->mMaskType,
canStoreInRuleTree,
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_UNSET_INITIAL,
parentSVGReset->mMaskType,
NS_STYLE_MASK_TYPE_LUMINANCE, 0, 0, 0, 0);
COMPUTE_END_RESET(SVGReset, svgReset)
}
const void*
nsRuleNode::ComputeVariablesData(void* aStartStruct,
const nsRuleData* aRuleData,
nsStyleContext* aContext,
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
const bool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
{
COMPUTE_START_INHERITED(Variables, (), variables, parentVariables)
MOZ_ASSERT(aRuleData->mVariables,
"shouldn't be in ComputeVariablesData if there were no variable "
"declarations specified");
CSSVariableResolver resolver(&variables->mVariables);
resolver.Resolve(&parentVariables->mVariables,
aRuleData->mVariables);
canStoreInRuleTree = false;
COMPUTE_END_INHERITED(Variables, variables)
}
const void*
nsRuleNode::GetStyleData(nsStyleStructID aSID,
nsStyleContext* aContext,
bool aComputeData)
{
NS_ASSERTION(IsUsedDirectly(),
"if we ever call this on rule nodes that aren't used "
"directly, we should adjust handling of mDependentBits "
"in some way.");
const void *data;
data = mStyleData.GetStyleData(aSID);
if (MOZ_LIKELY(data != nullptr))
return data; // We have a fully specified struct. Just return it.
if (MOZ_UNLIKELY(!aComputeData))
return nullptr;
// Nothing is cached. We'll have to delve further and examine our rules.
data = WalkRuleTree(aSID, aContext);
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(data, "should have aborted on out-of-memory");
return data;
}
// See comments above in GetStyleData for an explanation of what the
// code below does.
#define STYLE_STRUCT(name_, checkdata_cb_) \
const nsStyle##name_* \
nsRuleNode::GetStyle##name_(nsStyleContext* aContext, bool aComputeData) \
{ \
NS_ASSERTION(IsUsedDirectly(), \
"if we ever call this on rule nodes that aren't used " \
"directly, we should adjust handling of mDependentBits " \
"in some way."); \
\
const nsStyle##name_ *data; \
data = mStyleData.GetStyle##name_(); \
if (MOZ_LIKELY(data != nullptr)) \
return data; \
\
if (MOZ_UNLIKELY(!aComputeData)) \
return nullptr; \
\
data = static_cast<const nsStyle##name_ *> \
(WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_##name_, aContext)); \
\
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(data, "should have aborted on out-of-memory"); \
return data; \
}
#include "nsStyleStructList.h"
#undef STYLE_STRUCT
void
nsRuleNode::Mark()
{
for (nsRuleNode *node = this;
node && !(node->mDependentBits & NS_RULE_NODE_GC_MARK);
node = node->mParent)
node->mDependentBits |= NS_RULE_NODE_GC_MARK;
}
static PLDHashOperator
SweepRuleNodeChildren(PLDHashTable *table, PLDHashEntryHdr *hdr,
uint32_t number, void *arg)
{
ChildrenHashEntry *entry = static_cast<ChildrenHashEntry*>(hdr);
if (entry->mRuleNode->Sweep())
return PL_DHASH_REMOVE; // implies NEXT, unless |ed with STOP
return PL_DHASH_NEXT;
}
bool
nsRuleNode::Sweep()
{
// If we're not marked, then we have to delete ourself.
// However, we never allow the root node to GC itself, because nsStyleSet
// wants to hold onto the root node and not worry about re-creating a
// rule walker if the root node is deleted.
if (!(mDependentBits & NS_RULE_NODE_GC_MARK) &&
// Skip this only if we're the *current* root and not an old one.
!(IsRoot() && mPresContext->StyleSet()->GetRuleTree() == this)) {
Destroy();
return true;
}
// Clear our mark, for the next time around.
mDependentBits &= ~NS_RULE_NODE_GC_MARK;
// Call sweep on the children, since some may not be marked, and
// remove any deleted children from the child lists.
if (HaveChildren()) {
uint32_t childrenDestroyed;
if (ChildrenAreHashed()) {
PLDHashTable *children = ChildrenHash();
uint32_t oldChildCount = children->entryCount;
PL_DHashTableEnumerate(children, SweepRuleNodeChildren, nullptr);
childrenDestroyed = children->entryCount - oldChildCount;
} else {
childrenDestroyed = 0;
for (nsRuleNode **children = ChildrenListPtr(); *children; ) {
nsRuleNode *next = (*children)->mNextSibling;
if ((*children)->Sweep()) {
// This rule node was destroyed, so implicitly advance by
// making *children point to the next entry.
*children = next;
++childrenDestroyed;
} else {
// Advance.
children = &(*children)->mNextSibling;
}
}
}
mRefCnt -= childrenDestroyed;
NS_POSTCONDITION(IsRoot() || mRefCnt > 0,
"We didn't get swept, so we'd better have style contexts "
"pointing to us or to one of our descendants, which means "
"we'd better have a nonzero mRefCnt here!");
}
return false;
}
/* static */ bool
nsRuleNode::HasAuthorSpecifiedRules(nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
uint32_t ruleTypeMask,
bool aAuthorColorsAllowed)
{
uint32_t inheritBits = 0;
if (ruleTypeMask & NS_AUTHOR_SPECIFIED_BACKGROUND)
inheritBits |= NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Background);
if (ruleTypeMask & NS_AUTHOR_SPECIFIED_BORDER)
inheritBits |= NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Border);
if (ruleTypeMask & NS_AUTHOR_SPECIFIED_PADDING)
inheritBits |= NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Padding);
if (ruleTypeMask & NS_AUTHOR_SPECIFIED_TEXT_SHADOW)
inheritBits |= NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Text);
// properties in the SIDS, whether or not we care about them
size_t nprops = 0,
backgroundOffset, borderOffset, paddingOffset, textShadowOffset;
// We put the reset properties the start of the nsCSSValue array....
if (ruleTypeMask & NS_AUTHOR_SPECIFIED_BACKGROUND) {
backgroundOffset = nprops;
nprops += nsCSSProps::PropertyCountInStruct(eStyleStruct_Background);
}
if (ruleTypeMask & NS_AUTHOR_SPECIFIED_BORDER) {
borderOffset = nprops;
nprops += nsCSSProps::PropertyCountInStruct(eStyleStruct_Border);
}
if (ruleTypeMask & NS_AUTHOR_SPECIFIED_PADDING) {
paddingOffset = nprops;
nprops += nsCSSProps::PropertyCountInStruct(eStyleStruct_Padding);
}
// ...and the inherited properties at the end of the array.
size_t inheritedOffset = nprops;
if (ruleTypeMask & NS_AUTHOR_SPECIFIED_TEXT_SHADOW) {
textShadowOffset = nprops;
nprops += nsCSSProps::PropertyCountInStruct(eStyleStruct_Text);
}
void* dataStorage = alloca(nprops * sizeof(nsCSSValue));
AutoCSSValueArray dataArray(dataStorage, nprops);
/* We're relying on the use of |aStyleContext| not mutating it! */
nsRuleData ruleData(inheritBits, dataArray.get(),
aStyleContext->PresContext(), aStyleContext);
if (ruleTypeMask & NS_AUTHOR_SPECIFIED_BACKGROUND) {
ruleData.mValueOffsets[eStyleStruct_Background] = backgroundOffset;
}
if (ruleTypeMask & NS_AUTHOR_SPECIFIED_BORDER) {
ruleData.mValueOffsets[eStyleStruct_Border] = borderOffset;
}
if (ruleTypeMask & NS_AUTHOR_SPECIFIED_PADDING) {
ruleData.mValueOffsets[eStyleStruct_Padding] = paddingOffset;
}
if (ruleTypeMask & NS_AUTHOR_SPECIFIED_TEXT_SHADOW) {
ruleData.mValueOffsets[eStyleStruct_Text] = textShadowOffset;
}
static const nsCSSProperty backgroundValues[] = {
eCSSProperty_background_color,
eCSSProperty_background_image,
};
static const nsCSSProperty borderValues[] = {
eCSSProperty_border_top_color,
eCSSProperty_border_top_style,
eCSSProperty_border_top_width,
eCSSProperty_border_right_color_value,
eCSSProperty_border_right_style_value,
eCSSProperty_border_right_width_value,
eCSSProperty_border_bottom_color,
eCSSProperty_border_bottom_style,
eCSSProperty_border_bottom_width,
eCSSProperty_border_left_color_value,
eCSSProperty_border_left_style_value,
eCSSProperty_border_left_width_value,
eCSSProperty_border_start_color_value,
eCSSProperty_border_start_style_value,
eCSSProperty_border_start_width_value,
eCSSProperty_border_end_color_value,
eCSSProperty_border_end_style_value,
eCSSProperty_border_end_width_value,
eCSSProperty_border_top_left_radius,
eCSSProperty_border_top_right_radius,
eCSSProperty_border_bottom_right_radius,
eCSSProperty_border_bottom_left_radius,
};
static const nsCSSProperty paddingValues[] = {
eCSSProperty_padding_top,
eCSSProperty_padding_right_value,
eCSSProperty_padding_bottom,
eCSSProperty_padding_left_value,
eCSSProperty_padding_start_value,
eCSSProperty_padding_end_value,
};
static const nsCSSProperty textShadowValues[] = {
eCSSProperty_text_shadow
};
// Number of properties we care about
size_t nValues = 0;
nsCSSValue* values[MOZ_ARRAY_LENGTH(backgroundValues) +
MOZ_ARRAY_LENGTH(borderValues) +
MOZ_ARRAY_LENGTH(paddingValues) +
MOZ_ARRAY_LENGTH(textShadowValues)];
nsCSSProperty properties[MOZ_ARRAY_LENGTH(backgroundValues) +
MOZ_ARRAY_LENGTH(borderValues) +
MOZ_ARRAY_LENGTH(paddingValues) +
MOZ_ARRAY_LENGTH(textShadowValues)];
if (ruleTypeMask & NS_AUTHOR_SPECIFIED_BACKGROUND) {
for (uint32_t i = 0, i_end = ArrayLength(backgroundValues);
i < i_end; ++i) {
properties[nValues] = backgroundValues[i];
values[nValues++] = ruleData.ValueFor(backgroundValues[i]);
}
}
if (ruleTypeMask & NS_AUTHOR_SPECIFIED_BORDER) {
for (uint32_t i = 0, i_end = ArrayLength(borderValues);
i < i_end; ++i) {
properties[nValues] = borderValues[i];
values[nValues++] = ruleData.ValueFor(borderValues[i]);
}
}
if (ruleTypeMask & NS_AUTHOR_SPECIFIED_PADDING) {
for (uint32_t i = 0, i_end = ArrayLength(paddingValues);
i < i_end; ++i) {
properties[nValues] = paddingValues[i];
values[nValues++] = ruleData.ValueFor(paddingValues[i]);
}
}
if (ruleTypeMask & NS_AUTHOR_SPECIFIED_TEXT_SHADOW) {
for (uint32_t i = 0, i_end = ArrayLength(textShadowValues);
i < i_end; ++i) {
properties[nValues] = textShadowValues[i];
values[nValues++] = ruleData.ValueFor(textShadowValues[i]);
}
}
nsStyleContext* styleContext = aStyleContext;
// We need to be careful not to count styles covered up by user-important or
// UA-important declarations. But we do want to catch explicit inherit
// styling in those and check our parent style context to see whether we have
// user styling for those properties. Note that we don't care here about
// inheritance due to lack of a specified value, since all the properties we
// care about are reset properties.
bool haveExplicitUAInherit;
do {
haveExplicitUAInherit = false;
for (nsRuleNode* ruleNode = styleContext->RuleNode(); ruleNode;
ruleNode = ruleNode->GetParent()) {
nsIStyleRule *rule = ruleNode->GetRule();
if (rule) {
ruleData.mLevel = ruleNode->GetLevel();
ruleData.mIsImportantRule = ruleNode->IsImportantRule();
rule->MapRuleInfoInto(&ruleData);
if (ruleData.mLevel == nsStyleSet::eAgentSheet ||
ruleData.mLevel == nsStyleSet::eUserSheet) {
// This is a rule whose effect we want to ignore, so if any of
// the properties we care about were set, set them to the dummy
// value that they'll never otherwise get.
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < nValues; ++i) {
nsCSSUnit unit = values[i]->GetUnit();
if (unit != eCSSUnit_Null &&
unit != eCSSUnit_Dummy &&
unit != eCSSUnit_DummyInherit) {
if (unit == eCSSUnit_Inherit ||
(i >= inheritedOffset && unit == eCSSUnit_Unset)) {
haveExplicitUAInherit = true;
values[i]->SetDummyInheritValue();
} else {
values[i]->SetDummyValue();
}
}
}
} else {
// If any of the values we care about was set by the above rule,
// we have author style.
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < nValues; ++i) {
if (values[i]->GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Null &&
values[i]->GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Dummy && // see above
values[i]->GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_DummyInherit) {
// If author colors are not allowed, only claim to have
// author-specified rules if we're looking at a non-color
// property or if we're looking at the background color and it's
// set to transparent. Anything else should get set to a dummy
// value instead.
if (aAuthorColorsAllowed ||
!nsCSSProps::PropHasFlags(properties[i],
CSS_PROPERTY_IGNORED_WHEN_COLORS_DISABLED) ||
(properties[i] == eCSSProperty_background_color &&
!values[i]->IsNonTransparentColor())) {
return true;
}
values[i]->SetDummyValue();
}
}
}
}
}
if (haveExplicitUAInherit) {
// reset all the eCSSUnit_Null values to eCSSUnit_Dummy (since they're
// not styled by the author, or by anyone else), and then reset all the
// eCSSUnit_DummyInherit values to eCSSUnit_Null (so we will be able to
// detect them being styled by the author) and move up to our parent
// style context.
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < nValues; ++i)
if (values[i]->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null)
values[i]->SetDummyValue();
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < nValues; ++i)
if (values[i]->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_DummyInherit)
values[i]->Reset();
styleContext = styleContext->GetParent();
}
} while (haveExplicitUAInherit && styleContext);
return false;
}
/* static */
bool
nsRuleNode::ComputeColor(const nsCSSValue& aValue, nsPresContext* aPresContext,
nsStyleContext* aStyleContext, nscolor& aResult)
{
MOZ_ASSERT(aValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Inherit,
"aValue shouldn't have eCSSUnit_Inherit");
MOZ_ASSERT(aValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Initial,
"aValue shouldn't have eCSSUnit_Initial");
MOZ_ASSERT(aValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Unset,
"aValue shouldn't have eCSSUnit_Unset");
bool canStoreInRuleTree;
bool ok = SetColor(aValue, NS_RGB(0, 0, 0), aPresContext, aStyleContext,
aResult, canStoreInRuleTree);
MOZ_ASSERT(ok || !(aPresContext && aStyleContext));
return ok;
}
Reference in New Issue View Git Blame Copy Permalink